Monday, April 17, 2006

Immigrants:No Compromise, No american Flags, On to May 1

think seriously about this... Revolution or Reformation? Do you think a system based on genocide, white supremacy, and capitalism can be reformed, or do we need something completely new? Xiuhcoatl the imperialist desperados' defeated and really desperate...the 'anti-war' forces must go on the political offensive to get US OUT & support the heroic Iraqi national resistance US plots ‘new liberation of Baghdad’ Sarah Baxter , Washington The Sunday Times April 16, 2006 http://www.timesonline.co.uk/article/0,,2089-2136297,00.html THE American military is planning a “second liberation of Baghdad” to be carried out with the Iraqi army when a new government is installed. Pacifying the lawless capital is regarded as essential to establishing the authority of the incoming government and preparing for a significant withdrawal of American troops. Strategic and tactical plans are being laid by US commanders in Iraq and at the US army base in Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, under Lieutenant- General David Petraeus. He is regarded as an innovative officer and was formerly responsible for training Iraqi troops... Helicopters suitable for urban warfare, such as the manoeuvrable AH-6 “Little Birds” used by the marines and special forces and armed with rocket launchers and machineguns, are likely to complement the ground attack. The sources said American and Iraqi troops would move from neighbourhood to neighbourhood, leaving behind Sweat teams — an acronym for “sewage, water, electricity and trash” — to improve living conditions by upgrading clinics, schools, rubbish collection, water and electricity supplies. Sunni insurgent strongholds are almost certain to be the first targets, although the Shi’ite militias such as the Mahdi army of Moqtada al-Sadr, the radical cleric, and the Iranian-backed Badr Brigade would need to be contained. President George W Bush and Donald Rumsfeld, the defence secretary, are under intense pressure to prove to the American public that Iraq is not slipping into anarchy and civil war. An effective military campaign could provide the White House with a bounce in the polls before the mid-term congressional elections in November. With Bush’s approval ratings below 40%, the vote is shaping up to be a Republican rout... The operation is likely to take place towards the end of the summer, giving the newly appointed government time to establish itself. If all goes to plan, US troop withdrawals could take place before the end of the year. In the absence of progress by then, the war may come to be seen by the American public as a lost cause. There are 140,000 US troops in Iraq. Lieutenant-General John Vines, who stepped down as commander of ground forces in Iraq at the beginning of this year, said it was essential to reduce the numbers. “There is an incredible amount of stress and I’m worried about it,” said Vines. He added that soldiers were on their third or fourth tours of duty in Iraq: “The war has been going on nearly as long as the second world war and we’re asking a lot of the forces.” Vines said there was “an enormous amount of work in Baghdad under way” but cautioned that any onslaught against insurgents would be “fiendishly complicated”. The approach would have to be “locale by locale”. He added: “Ultimately we want a police solution in Baghdad.” US forces would try to avoid the all-out combat that was used to subdue Falluja in 2004. “If you cut up the city into pieces neighbourhood by neighbourhood, you can prevent it from becoming a major urban fight,” said Gouré. According to defence sources the Americans could augment their forces with heavily armed AC-130 aircraft and F-16s. But close air support is more likely to be provided by Cobra and Little Bird helicopters to minimise casualties. The generals involved in planning the battle are architects of the “clear, hold and build” strategy in Iraq, designed to isolate insurgents from the population and prevent them regrouping in urban strongholds as soon as the military’s back is turned. Vines’s replacement as commander of ground forces is Lieutenant-General Peter Chiarelli, who pioneered the use of force with Sweat to subdue Sadr city, a working-class Shi’ite district of Baghdad, in 2004. On the eve of his return to Iraq this year he described how the tactics had worked and vowed to repeat them... Another model for operations in Baghdad is an American-led Iraqi-backed military campaign at Tal Afar, a rebel town on the Syrian border. In a speech last month Bush hailed the campaign as an extraordinary success and brandished a letter from the town’s Iraqi mayor praising US forces as our “lion-hearted saviours”. But Tal Afar remains far from secure and the military tactics cannot be copied wholesale... Anybody connected, however remotely, with the administration is seen as a target; 18 traffic police officers have been killed in the past two months. “They were simply doing their duty and trying to prevent traffic jams. There are no traffic lights,” said Major Hussein Khadem of the transport police... Reuel Marc Gerecht, an expert on Iraq at the neo-conservative American Enterprise Institute, said that while it was essential to bring Baghdad under control, he feared the Americans would leave the bulk of the fighting to the Iraqis and that a showdown could misfire. “You would have to come down like a hammer on the Sunni areas of Baghdad and go house to house and nobody wants to do that,” Gerecht said. “It’s inevitably going to come and it’s going to be convulsive. The Americans will be there, but not in the numbers needed because American casualty rates will go up.” Monday, April 17, 2006 Planning an attack on Baghdad ... http://abutamam.blogspot.com/2006/04/planning-attack-on-baghdad.html When cornered (and defeated), smash what is left to get out (if you can). ... US forces would try to avoid the all-out combat that was used to subdue Falluja in 2004. “If you cut up the city into pieces neighbourhood by neighbourhood, you can prevent it from becoming a major urban fight,” said Gouré." US plots ‘new liberation of Baghdad’ April 16, 2006 "Of all the war crimes that have flowed from the originating war crime of George W. Bush's unprovoked invasion of Iraq, perhaps the most flagrant was the wanton destruction of Fallujah in November 2004. Now, as ignominious defeat looms for Bush's Babylonian folly, some of the key players in fomenting the war are urging that the "Fallujah Option" be applied to an even bigger target: Baghdad. What these influential warmongers openly call for is the "pacification" of Baghdad: a brutal firestorm by U.S. forces, ravaging both Sunni insurgents and Shiite militias in a "horrific" operation that will inevitably lead to "skyrocketing body counts," as warhawk Reuel Marc Gerecht wrote cheerfully last week in the ever-bloodthirsty editorial pages of the Wall Street Journal. Gerecht's war whoop quickly ricocheted around the rightwing media echo chamber and gave public voice to the private counsels emanating from a group whose members now comprise the leadership of the U.S. government: The Project for the New American Century. As often noted here, PNAC was founded by Dick Cheney, Don Rumsfeld, Paul Wolfowitz, Jeb Bush, Zalmay Khalilzad, and the now-indicted Lewis Libby, among others. In September 2000, they publicly called for sending American forces into Iraq – even if Saddam Hussein was already gone – as well as planting new U.S. bases in Central Asia, putting weapons in space, building new nukes and funding a vast militarization of American society. Being such savvy inside players and all, they recognized that this lunatic program of aggression and world domination would not be accepted by the American people – unless, of course, the nation happened to be struck by a "catalyzing event" like "a new Pearl Harbor." Who says dreams don't come true?" Dead Cities: The Fallujah Option in Iraq? April 8, 2006 science controlled by capitalist imperialism is a killer Science, Humanity and the Iraq Holocaust By Gideon Polya Al-Jazeerah, April 15, 2006 http://www.aljazeerah.info/Opinion%20editorials/2006%20Opinion%20Editorials/April/15o/Science,%20Humanity%20and%20the%20Iraq%20Holocaust%20By%20Gideon%20Polya.htm This essay is a message of solidarity from an Australian scientist and writer sent to the Brussells Tribunal (see: http://www.brusselstribunal.org/ ) on the occasion of the Madrid International Seminar on the Assassination of Iraqi Academics and Health Professionals, 22-23 April 2006 (see: http://www.brusselstribunal.org/SeminarMadrid.htm ). ...Scientific approaches have dramatically improved Man’s lot since the beginnings of sophisticated, agriculture-based civilization in the Fertile Crescent encompassing lands from Egypt to present-day Iraq. The scientific approach involves truth, reason, sensible communication and the critical testing of potentially falsifiable hypotheses. The scientific approach was implicit in the process whereby the earliest farmers carefully selected seed for sowing and applied a process of reiterated selection to eventually yield the cereal staples that became the mainstay of humanity. Lying, un-reason, censorship and fraud may serve narrow power interests but are ultimately self-defeating. Thus non-reportage of man-made mass mortality may serve the short-term interests of those responsible but simply ensures continuance of such catastrophes – history ignored yields history repeated... The tragedy of post-colonial Iraq since the return of Western armies in 1990 illustrates the perversion of humanitarian values, scientific approaches and rational risk assessment. The bottom-line parameter in any discussion about social policy is the human cost. According to the latest, Web-accessible UN Population Division data (see: http://esa.un.org/unpp/ ) and UNICEF data (see: http://www.unicef.org/index.html ), the "under-5 infant deaths per 1,000 births" in oil-rich Iraq versus impoverished Syria were 200 vs 170 (1953), 50 vs 44 (1990) and 125 vs 16 (sixteen) (2004) i.e. infant mortality decreased enormously under the dictator Saddam Hussein but increased hugely after 1990 due to Western intervention. The post-1990 under-5 infant mortality in Iraq under war-criminal UK-US sanctions, bombs and occupation now totals 1.6 million and the post-1990 excess deaths (i.e. avoidable deaths) now total 2.2 million. The 1990-2003 under-5 infant mortality and excess mortality in Iraq under sanctions and bombing totalled 1.2 million and 1.7 million, respectively; the 2003-2006 figures for post-invasion Occupied Iraq are 0.4 million and 0.5 million, respectively. In comparison, the post-invasion under-5 infant mortality and excess deaths in Occupied Afghanistan now total 1.4 million and 1.8 million, respectively (see MWC News: http://mwcnews.net/content/view/5948/26/ ). ...this crucial information is comprehensively ignored by Mainstream Media in a continuing process of racism, lying by omission and holocaust-denial. The horrendous under-5 infant mortality in Occupied Iraq and Afghanistan (1,300 infants dying every day, 0.5 million infants dying each year and with 90% of these deaths avoidable) is occurring because of the non-provision by the Occupying UK-US-led Coalition of the life-preserving requisites demanded unequivocally of Occupiers by the Geneva Conventions (see: (http://www.unhchr.ch/html/menu3/b/92.htm). Indeed these horrendous crimes constitute "passive genocide" and are the subject of formal complaints to the International Criminal Court (see Countercurrents: http://www.countercurrents.org/us-polya211205.htm). The appalling, continuing, avoidable mass mortality of infants in the Occupied Iraqi and Afghan Territories is a gross violation of the fundamental human behavioral imperative of respect for Mother and Child and reveals the semantically-absurd War on Terror as in actuality a War on Women and Children. While this carnage has been occurring, the very people who can save societies from irrational perversion have been targeted, threatened and killed in Coalition-occupied Iraq, namely Iraq’s intellectuals, academics, lawyers, scientists, teachers and health professionals. According to the eminent Brussells Tribunal, about 220 Iraqi academics have been killed, hundreds of have been forced into exile, hundreds of Iraqi teachers have been murdered and there is evidence for targeting of professionals by death squads (see: http://www.brusselstribunal.org/academicsList.htm and http://www.brusselstribunal.org/SeminarMadrid.htm ). What can decent people do in the face of the racism, violence, unreason and untruth exhibited by the UK-US-led Coalition countries over Iraq? Peace is the only way but silence kills and silence is complicity. We are all obliged to INFORM everyone about gross abuses of humanity. Having read this, please inform everyone you know. Dr Gideon Polya, Melbourne, Australia (see: http://members.optusnet.com.au/~gpolya/links.html and http://globalavoidablemortality.blogspot.com/). Arturo Ui in Baghdad LENIN'S TOMB ... the war criminals who bombed a city to drive out some of its residents, then encircled it and prevented all males of fighting age from leaving (military age is ten and above for these guys), launched a bombing raid that destroyed the city, killed thousands, used horrifying chemical weapons in civilian areas, committed fucking war crimes in a hospital (because it was a 'propaganda outlet') - yes they, who did all that, will sincerely try... to cut it up into pieces, and destroy it piecemeal... Read the full article / Leggi l'articolo completo: http://www.uruknet.info/?p=22623 ==== Revolution or Reformation? Do you think a system based on genocide, white supremacy, and capitalism can be reformed, or do we need something completely new? Xiuhcoatl ...even though we survived through the struggle that made us We still look at ourselves through the eyes of people that hate us" Immortal Technique May 1st, the day of the general strike…No more American flags. Sunday, 16 April 2006 The Hidden Terror of HR4437: No Compromise in the Movement for Migrants Rights http://aztlanrising.com/cms/content/view/722/105/ by Juan Santos What We Must Learn Now from the Black Civil Rights Movement "I'm not an American. I'm one of the twenty-two million Black people who are the victims of Americanism. One of the 22 million Black people who are the victims of democracy--nothing but disguised hypocrisy. So I'm not standing here speaking to you as an American, or a patriot, or a flag-saluter, or a flag-waver--no, not I. I'm speaking as a victim of this American system. And I see America through the eyes of the victim. I don't see any American dream; I see an American nightmare." -- MALCOLM X They’re lying to us. They want us to keep playing their way. To keep waving American flags. To keep trusting them to do the right thing. We dare not. Millions of people’s lives are at stake. Racist lawmakers on the Republican ultra-Right now assure us – after they were deeply stung by the protests of millions, and after we won the hearts of 62% of the US population – that they want to drop the provisions in new immigration laws that would make migrants felons. ?Y que? Some three to six million people would still be arrested and deported. The Republicans and Democrats alike have decided the arrests would be for misdemeanors – not felonies. That’s so they don’t clog their courts, a point that was made with crystalline clarity on the House floor when HR4437 first passed in December. It has nothing to do with “compassion” or authentic “inclusion.” They want us to imagine that not being labeled “felons” will make us safe. But nothing could be further from the truth. Here’s why. Every immigration proposal still on the table authorizes local police to enforce federal immigration law, just like agents of La Migra, the Border Patrol. The National Immigration Law Center makes it plain: "State and local police with no immigration law training could claim new authority as enforcers of criminal law to decide when someone who 'looks foreign' or 'sounds foreign' has violated federal criminal immigration law." Everyone with brown skin would become a stigmatized “suspect.” The only difference is we would be suspects in a misdemeanor – not a felony. But the penalty for the “crime” would remain the same - for those without papers it means deportation. FOX News tells us that under the Hagel - Martinez “Compromise” that was backed by the Democrats and by organizations like the National Council of La Raza: "Illegals (sic) in the United States less than two years would be required to leave immediately. If caught once, they would be subject to a misdemeanor, and if caught twice they would be charged with a felony. About 2 million to 3 million people fall into this category." Under such “compromises” millions of migrants will be deported, their families split apart and uprooted. The “compromise” approach endangers not only migrants, but all Brown people. It will open the door to a new ethnic cleansing, one surpassing the ethnic cleansings of Mexicans the US government carried out during the Great Depression, when 350,000 Mexicans and Chicanos were deported, and during Operation Wetback, when 1,300,000 of us were deported in the mid-1950s. Imagine – at a minimum - that everyone who’s marched for migrants rights in recent weeks were deported. That will give you a picture of the magnitude of pain and chaos the rulers want to inflict. Not that life post-“compromise” would necessarily give the impression that mass roundups were underway. More likely, it would all happen quietly, millions arrested, one by one: out of sight. Call it a slow death, the kind suffered today by impoverished African Americans in the wake of the first Civil Rights Movement. It is imperative that our new movement not suffer the same fate. This is how it worked then, and what they’re aiming for now. When outrages like open Jim Crow segregation could no longer be counted on to keep African Americans “in their place” in the context of the world-wide anti-colonial rebellions of the 50s and 60s, the powers that be tried to buy off a sector of Black people in the US by giving them new opportunities; a substantial Black middle class arose almost overnight. This is the equivalent of the “carrot” of “legalization” and “citizenship” in our context today. For the rest of the Black nation, stranded in the ghettos, Jim Crow was followed by an even harsher master – mass incarceration. One by one young African Americans have vanished, locked into prison, until the ones added up to millions, each rendered silent - until the silence of the terror and rage in the ghettos of America has grown so loud it has turned the nation deaf. A similar fate would await the millions, who, under a “compromise,” would face nothing less than mass deportation, mass, legal persecution. Same trick: different decade. A sister disappears; a father, a mother... Here’s the rough numbers. If every one of the 650,000 cops in the US were authorized to arrest only one migrant once every 3 months, within two years 3 million of the migrants left without papers would be gone. In four years half the migrant population of the US would be gone. No mass roundups, no mobilization of the SS or the National Guard. Just quietly, one by one, until the ones add up to millions, and until the millions add up to silence. And in that silence, the terror and rage that has engulfed the ghetto would engulf the barrio as well. Then, in a replay of the African American experience following the Civil Rights Movement, our middle class “leaders” will wonder aloud where the “victory” went, never admitting that their “compromise” was not our victory, but our defeat. Never admitting they had helped to seal the fate of millions, and helped advance the surge toward a fascist state in the US. Don’t imagine that the powers that be don’t understand what they are doing. Even the Minutemen understand it, as evidenced from this all-in–caps-communication from one of their number… TAKE AWAY WHAT THE ENEMY HAS IT'S (SIC) EYES ON ...AND MAKE HIM CHOOSE FROM THE ALTENATIVES (SIC) WE DECIDE TO OFFER...CONTROL THE OPTIONS …2.) USE THE RULE OF LAW TO "FEIGN RETREAT"...IN OTHER WORDS...PRETEND TO SACRIFICE THE FELONY ISSUE, BUT STILL MAKE IT SO! WHAT DO I MEAN? THE BOTTOM LINE IS: WE WANT THESE PEOPLE....WHO ARE STOPPED BY POLICE TO BE DEPORTED RIGHT? WELL....THE RULE LAW (SIC), RIGHT NOW, IS THIS: ANY ILLEGALS CAUGHT ON THE BORDER IS (SIC)....DETAINED AND DEPORTED! WHY SHOULD IT BE ANY DIFFERENT? MAKING A FELONY (SIC) REQUIRES TOO MUCH "COURT TIME" WITH LAWYERS INVOLVED...RED TAPE... DON'T YOU SEE? IT IS A TRAP THAT THE ENEMY HAS GRABBED! KEEPING IT A CIVIL OFFENSE, MISDERMEANOR (SIC)...AND SIMPLY APPLYING THE RULE OF LAW AT THE BORDER TO REFLECT INTERIOR ENFORCEMENT WITH LOCAL POLICE IS MUCH MORE WHAT WE WANT! ALL WE NEED TO DO, AS I HAVE SAYING (SIC) IS...REFORM ENFORCEMENT! …TIGHTENING THE NOOSE, SCORCHING THE EARTH...WILL FORCE THE ENEMY TO LEAVE, VOLUNTARILY! 15 MILLION ILLEGALS, DEPORTED COMES OUT TO BE LIKE 8 THOUSAND ILLEGALS EVERY DAY NONSTOP FOR 5 YEARS! THE NAZIS, WHO DID NOT NEED DUE PROCESS...TOOK ALMOST 10 YEARS TO ROUND UP LESS THAN THAT...PRIOR TO THE FINAL SOLUTION... However poorly articulated, this Minuteman understands the situation clearly. The powers that be are parading an illusion of “due process” before us, and trying to appear as something less than punitive, while they set the stage for a radical ethnic cleansing, American style. To achieve this, they are using the time tested method of divide and conquer, the same tricks they used to derail the first civil rights movement, and to destroy the lives of millions of African Americans, while keeping their system safe from any rebellion from below by establishing a Black buffer caste who, they hoped, would come to have an investment in being real “Americans.” That’s the same bait they hope today’s movement will take. But we must understand that what’s gotten us this far is our will to resist. It is our will to resist that spoke most plainly to our would-be persecutors, not flags, not even our dreams. The government that trained and financed the death squads of Guatemala, El Salvador, and, yes, Mexico, cares nothing for our dreams. We must stand united - un pueblo unido – holding close the bravery and audacity that has caused our movement to sweep the nation and the world into wakefulness. The answer to this dilemma – to the trap they have laid for us - is clear and simple. No compromise. No trading the life of one for the life of another. And as of May 1st, the day of the general strike…No more American flags. ==== U.S. backup plan: invade Iran by land, air, water strikes By Maxim Kniazkov The United States began planning a full-scale military campaign against Iran that involves missile strikes, a land invasion and a naval operation to establish control over the Strait of Hormuz even before the March 2003 invasion of Iraq, a former US intelligence analyst disclosed on Sunday. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12753.htm in case you missed it... Retired colonel claims U.S. military operations are already 'underway' in Iran During an interview on CNN Friday night, retired U.S. Air Force Colonel Sam Gardiner claimed that U.S. military operations are already 'underway' inside Iran, RAW STORY has found. "I would say -- and this may shock some -- I think the decision has been made and military operations are under way," Col. Gardiner told CNN International anchor Jim Clancy...http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22606&s2=16> http://tinyurl.com/s8s5n Britain took part in mock Iran invasion: Pentagon planned for Tehran conflict with war game involving UK troops By Julian Borger in Washington and Ewen MacAskill British officers took part in a US war game aimed at preparing for a possible invasion of Iran, despite repeated claims by the foreign secretary, Jack Straw, that a military strike against Iran is inconceivable. http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12742.htm Member of Russian State Duma Victor Alksnis said today that the U.S. and Israel are the real enemies of Iran's peaceful nuclear program. http://www.arabicnews.com/ansub/Daily/Day/060415/2006041502.html Iran Warns US: "You can start a war but it won't be you who finishes it," said General Yahya Rahim Safavi, the head of the Revolutionary Guards and among the regime's most powerful figures. http://www.military.com/NewsContent/0,13319,94378,00.html === DEFEAT the U.S. & Israeli State Terrorist 'Final Solution' to Destroy the Palestinian Nation "...Apologists for the U.S. Empire, who serve Bush, and provide political cover for his butchering of Iraqis, try to distract public attention from reality by spewing out silly articles about how U.S. middle eastern policy is controlled by Israel. Some are neo-Nazi scum, some may well be on the CIA payroll, others confuse their deluded fantasies with reality, but the result is the same: to relieve the U.S. Imperial class of responsibility for 50 years of oppression, exploitation, and U.S. control operating in the region, including the creation of the racist Zionist terrorist state of Israel to do their dirty work..." thomasfbarton@earthlink.net GI Special:4D16 CUI BONO? While true that Palestine's armed resistance to u.s./israeli genoccidal state terrorism is JUSTIFIED, this incident very conveniently timed to 'justify' the intensifying u.s./israeli attacks A suicide bomber killed nine people and wounded at least 49 others in Tel Aviv today in an attack described by Hamas as an act of "self-defence"... A spokesman for Hamas, the ruling Palestinian party, called the attack "a natural result of the continued Israeli crimes against our people". "The Israeli occupation bears responsibility for the continuation of its aggression. Our people are in a state of self-defence and they have every right to use all means to defend themselves," Sami Abu Zuhri said. Israel's acting prime minister, Ehud Olmert, said his country held Hamas responsible for the bombing, and that he was weighing up a response. http://www.guardian.co.uk/israel/Story/0,,1755464,00.html WASHINGTON -- The White House on Monday condemned a deadly attack in Israel by a Palestinian suicide bomber and warned of grave consequences for the new Palestinian government led by Hamas, which defended the attack. "It is a despicable act of terror for which there is no excuse or justification," White House press secretary Scott McClellan said...."The burden of responsibility for preventing terrorist attacks such as this one rests with the Palestinian Authority," McClellan said. "We have noted reactions by several Palestinian terrorist groups, including Hamas, that defend or even applaud the barbaric act of terror committed in Tel Aviv today, as we have noted... President (Mahmoud) Abbas' quick denunciation of it." It was the first suicide attack in Israel since the Hamas militant group took over the Palestinian government 2 1/2 weeks ago. The government called the attack a legitimate response to Israeli "aggression. "A Palestinian government that encourages or tolerates terrorism against men, women and children not only increases the level of violence against Israelis, but can as well only do great harm to the interest of the Palestinian people and ensure its own further isolation," McClellan said. "We reiterate that the United States will have no contact with such a government and we call upon all states to demand that it abandon its support for terror," the spokesman added. http://seattlepi.nwsource.com/national/1151AP_US_Israel_Explosion.html Palestinian prime minister says the PA won't flinch from cut off of international financial aid, won't bow to pressure to drop violence and recognize Israel; 'We are ready to eat salt and olives but we won't be humiliated,' he said http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3239771,00.html http://www.news24.com/News24/World/News/0,,2-10-1462_1916890,00.html The Palestinian foreign minister has called on Arabs to fulfil their promises of financial assistance to the Palestinian government. http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/0222FF98-FDF9-4581-8E63-56660469E024.htm The United States has banned its nationals from doing business with the Hamas-led Palestinian Authority, a Treasury spokesperson says. http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4910860.stm International help for the occupied territories was close to paralysis yesterday because aid workers, including many Britons, fear that the United States now sees them as terrorists. http://tinyurl.com/qz5hq Russia promised emergency aid to the Palestinian Authority, breaking with the EU and Washington, which have stopped funding to try to force Hamas to recognise Israel. http://tinyurl.com/flsza Iran to give the cash-strapped Palestinian Authority $50 million US, Iranian Foreign Minister Manouchehr Mottaki said on Sunday. http://tinyurl.com/ecv45 An Iranian official said here Thursday night defending the oppressed Palestinian people would be the most important issue of the Islamic world. http://www.irna.ir/en/news/view/menu-236/0604144558161350.htm === "The Zarqawi PSYOP program is the most successful information campaign to date" Brigadier-General Mark Kimmitt Resistance to US Occupation in Afghanistan is now due to the 'defeated Taliban'--whereas Iraqi Resistance is the doing of 'al-Aqaeda/Zarqawi' --finally exposed as creation of u.s. propaganda Forty-one Taliban and six police officers were killed in a battle in southern Afghanistan in an area where the Taliban's leader once lived, a governor said on Saturday. http://tinyurl.com/zjh33 ==== Casualties of War: Making It Plain About New Orleans By RAFAEL RENTERIA http://www.counterpunch.org/renteria04152006.html April 15 / 16, 2006 When hip hop artist Kayne West said "George Bush doesn't care about black people," NBC cameras cut away. "They've given them permission to go down and shoot us," West said. In America, telling simple and obvious truths is going too far. Censors for NBC switched to a comic. America has no mercy for peoples of color. It bombs them without pity in Iraq--wiping out access to water, to health care. The deaths of over half a million Iraqi children--due strictly to US backed sanctions - was considered "worth it" by former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright. President Bush thought seizing Iraq's oil fields was worth the sacrifice of the city of New Orleans. In order to help finance the war, Bush cut spending in 2004 for repair and upgrading of the levee and pump system that protected the city from massive flooding--even though just such a disaster was rated among the top three devastating potentials facing the US in the short term. The city, which has been called a "repository of the deep scars of the American colonization" and slavery, is 67 percent black. Those stranded in the city were, unsurprisingly, overwhelmingly Black. Let's make it plain, as Malcolm X used to say. Bush consciously decided that sacrificing the lives of African people in New Orleans was worth the price--that the descendants of America's former slaves were expendable in the face of the empire's gluttony for oil and global supremacy. The city and its poor inhabitants are casualties of war. Having made such a decision, it must have been hard for Bush to turn back, to put up a front, to pretend suddenly that the lives of Black children matter any more than the lives of Iraqi children. In fact, he couldn't do it, any more than Albright could say Iraqi children mattered to her and keep a straight face. Black children had to die so that Iraqi children might die, and Iraqi children had to die because Exxon and the Empire need oil. The logic was airtight. The emperor could only play golf while Black children drowned, while they died of dehydration, hunger, shock and lack of medicines. Just like in Iraq. During his belated visit the President evaded the worst-hit areas of the city, but to hear Bush tell it, things were "not going exactly right". Trying to act the part of a truly sober adult he later assured us "I understand the devastation requires more than one day's attention." In a typical Bush-ism he called the situation "worse than imaginable." But before leaving the city he couldn't resist a joke, reminiscing about having come to New Orleans and drinking "occasionally too much.'' Perhaps he'd drunk one too many "Hurricanes." The President admitted his response to the devastation had been "unacceptable." Asked what he meant Bush said, "Well, I'm talking about the fact that we don't have enough security in New Orleans yet." A Washington Times op-ed made the point clearly; "This horror will not subside with the flood. The government must treat the battlefield of Katrina as it would any other field of engagement: Protect and provide for the innocent and eliminate the enemy, and do it now, before we lose New Orleans... If looters fire on the troops, the troops should answer with suppressing fire. If the United States can project power anywhere in the world in a matter of hours, it can defend New Orleans and the coast of Mississippi." It's not Black children that matter--it's having soldiers on the ground to kill those who might feed them, to kill those who dare to survive in the absence of any help from "above." In this scenario it's not the hurricane or the endless delays in aid and the Black deaths they caused that are destroying the city--the "horror" is people trying to feed their babies and themselves, people trying--literally--not to die of thirst after days with no water. These are the enemy, just as other hungry people, the people of Central America and Viet Nam, were the enemy--and for the same reasons. As troops arrived on Friday, they were told to point their guns downward, to avoid any comparison with Iraq. But the Army Times called the crisis in New Orleans an "insurgency," and the comparison to Iraq is just the comparison we must make, and make plainly. The war in the streets of Baghdad gave rise to the deaths of thousands in New Orleans and to the destruction of the city. In both cases peoples of color are regarded--and being dealt with - as America's enemy. "This place is going to look like Little Somalia," Brig. Gen. Gary Jones told the Army Times "We're going to go out and take this city back. This will be a combat operation to get this city under control." Bush and the system that gave rise to him bear responsibility, direct responsibility, for every single death in New Orleans--without exception. And their plan is to crush people of color who refuse to lie down and die in the interest of Empire. Just like in Iraq. Bush and Co. not only allowed the desperation and chaos in New Orleans to develop--they created it. The pressing and deeply disturbing question is "why"? Rafael Renteria is a freelance writer living in Los Angeles. He can be contacted at Renteria@RadioJustice.net ==== Americas Gulag: Spy Chief: CIA Detainees Will Be Held Indefinitely: John Negroponte says accused "Al-Qaeda members" will remain in secret prisons as long as 'war on terror' continues http://www.time.com/time/nation/printout/0,8816,1183242,00.html ==== Palestinian framed, fired & deported --U.S. unable to convict on fake "terrorism" charges Ex-Professor in Terror Case to Be Deported - By MARK SHERMAN, Associated Press Writer Friday, April 14, 2006 http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/n/a/2006/04/14/national/w134247D40.DTL&type=printable (04-14) 13:42 PDT WASHINGTON, (AP) -- Federal authorities have decided to deport a former Florida professor and longtime Palestinian rights activist after failing to convict him on charges he helped finance terrorist attacks in Israel... Sami Al-Arian, who had met with U.S. presidents and other political leaders before his terrorism indictment in 2003, reached an agreement with prosecutors to plead guilty to a lesser charge and be deported, two lawyers familiar with the case said Friday. The arrangement requires the approval of a judge.[...] === The 9/11 Pentagon Attack: Planes Simply Do Not Vaporize - Why Didn’t They Show Us the Wreckage? Jesse - Editor, TvNewsLIES.org As each day passes, more and more Americans are becoming aware of the startling evidence that clearly contradicts the official explanation of Sept.11th, 2001 offered by the Bush administration. In fact, as more and more evidence comes to light, incongruities in the official explanation become increasingly and undeniably apparent. Ironically, the growing number of people new to these unexpl ained discrepancies poses a new problem for those of us who have been researching 9/11 for many months or years. We will have to find a way to explain the many complexities related to the attacks to those who now doubt the official version of events... === no kidding US Military Exercise Seeks to Intimidate Progressive Governments: Former Venezuelan Deputy Foreign Minister William Izarra told TeleSur on Wednesday that US military operations in the Caribbean are geared to intimidate the progressive governments of the region. http://www.ain.cubaweb.cu/idioma/ingles/2006/abr13venezuela-maniobras.htm === When he was in the spotlight during the 2004 Olympics, the State Department was only too happy to exploit him for propaganda purposes. But when he applied four times for a student visa to study in this country, that same State Department found reasons to turn him down. http://www.iht.com/articles/2006/04/14/opinion/eddude.php ==== Telecom giant in domestic eavesdropping controversy By Shane Harris, National Journal http://www.govexec.com/story_page.cfm?articleid=33847&printerfriendlyVers=1& AT&T, which provides phone and Internet service to millions of Americans, is ensnared in the widening controversy over the Bush administration's domestic eavesdropping: A former employee claims firsthand knowledge of AT&T's cooperation in "wholesale" monitoring of Americans' communications. Mark Klein, who says he was an AT&T technician for more than 20 years, says that the company aids the National Security Agency in "conducting what amounts to vacuum-cleaner surveillance of all the data crossing the Internet -- whether that be people's e-mail, Web surfing, or any other data," according to a statement Klein released. AT&T has given the NSA extraordinary access to its central switching offices, the nerve centers of its digital networks, Klein contends. At the NSA's behest, Klein says, the telecom giant constructed a "secret room," off-limits to most of its technicians, that siphoned information from the company's residential Internet service. The secret system also captured information from "peering links," which connect AT&T's infrastructure to other telecommunications networks, potentially giving the NSA access to information traversing "the whole country, as well as the rest of the world." If true, Klein's allegations provide some of the most detailed and tantalizing peeks at how the NSA eavesdrops inside the United States. (Under the Bush administration's "terrorist surveillance program," the NSA seeks, without court approval, to intercept communications that it believes involve terrorists abroad and their associates in the United States.) With technical specificity, Klein describes how AT&T constructed, at a San Francisco office, a system of "splitter" cables to divert streams from the main network into the secret room, which he says was built after an NSA agent visited the company. Klein's statement lays out a technically plausible scenario and comports with what individuals familiar with the NSA's domestic operations say the agency is doing -- conducting automated analyses of very large streams of telecom traffic in the hopes of finding telltale signs of terrorist activity. Klein's claims also add another wrinkle to the evolving NSA story. He says that documents instructing AT&T employees how to connect the peering links to the secret room stated that a sophisticated monitoring device was installed there. Built by Narus, a company based in Mountain View, Calif., the device, which Klein called a "semantic traffic analyzer," collects large amounts of data that can help reveal a message's origin, destination, and meaning. According to Narus's Web site, government agencies use its products to conduct "lawful intercepts" of electronic communications... Narus sells products to large telecom carriers, including AT&T, according to Steve Bannerman, a company spokesman. Those companies, which have well-established relationships with federal departments and agencies, are valuable conduits for Narus's products. According to government procurement records, AT&T racked up an impressive $304 million in sales to the federal government in fiscal year 2004, with more than 60 percent of that revenue coming from the Defense Department, which oversees the NSA. An AT&T spokesman declined to discuss Klein's allegations or any work the company might do for the NSA. Klein's written statements were submitted by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, a privacy-rights group, to a federal court as part of the group's lawsuit against AT&T. That litigation may prompt other telecom carriers and Internet service providers to wonder if they're targets for lawsuits. Telecom executives have told journalists that they have complied with the NSA's requests for access to their networks. One former government official, who is knowledgeable about the NSA's surveillance program, said that AT&T is probably on safe legal ground, particularly if it is acting pursuant to a presidential order. "For AT&T, [the lawsuit] means nothing," the former official said. AT&T "understands why its operations are important to national security and has always felt that way." This document is located at http://www.govexec.com/dailyfed/0406/041406nj4.htm how the NYT covers...up the state's fascist infrastructure... AT&T and Domestic Spying If AT&T is violating its customers' privacy rights, it should come clean, and stop immediately. http://www.nytimes.com/2006/04/17/opinion/17mon2.html?th&emc=th A Sinister Web Entraps Victims of Cyberstalkers By TOM ZELLER Jr. The problem of personal information on the Internet being used to stalk is not easily legislated away and can be devastating to those who are targeted. http://www.nytimes.com/2006/04/17/technology/17stalk.html?th&emc=th a few of the well-imperialist state-connected media propagandists Media Moguls Members - Bilderberg meeting in 2005, http://www.spingola.com/connected%20media.htm http://kurtnimmo.com/index.php?paged=3[reference] BILDERBERG MEETINGS Rottach-Egern, Germany 5-8 May 2005 List Graham, Donald E., Chairman and CEO, The Washington Post Company Pearlstine, Norman, Editor-in-Chief, Time Inc. Vinocur, John, Senior Correspondent, International Herald Tribune Zakaria, Fareed, Editor, Newsweek International Trilateral Commission 2005: David Gergen, Professor of Public Service, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA; Editor-at-Large, U.S. News and World Report Donald E. Graham, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, The Washington Post Company, Washington, DC. Karen Elliott House, Senior Vice President, Dow Jones & Company, and Publisher, The Wall Street Journal, New York, NY Robert W. Kagan - columnist for Washington Post Fareed Zakaria (BORN IN INDIA), Editor, Newsweek International, New York, NY Mortimer Zuckerman – U.S. News and World Report CFR Members 2004 Applebaum, Anne E. – columnist for Washington Post Armstrong, C. Michael – former CEO of Comcast, AT&T, and Hughes Electronic (Hint: Chinagate) Boot, Max - columnist for Wall Street Journal Britt, Glenn A. – chairman and CEO of Time Warner Cable Brokaw, Tom – NBC News Chavez, Linda – newspaper columnist Couric, Katherine A. "Katie" – NBC’s Today show Friedman, Thomas L. – New York Times journalist Hertog, Roger – The New Republic House, Karen Elliott – publisher of Wall Street Journal Kagan, Robert W. – columnist Kaiser, Robert G. – Washington Post Kalb , Bernard – retired journalist Kalb, Marvin – retired journalist Kimsey, James V. – founding CEO of American Online (AOL) Kondracke, Morton – commentator on Fox News; Roll Call Krauthammer, Charles - columnist for Time and Washington Post Mitchell, Patricia E. – President of PBS Murdoch, Rupert – CEO of News Corporation (Fox News, Fox Studios, etc.) Parsons, Richard D. – Chairman and CEO of Time Warner; former CEO of America Online (AOL) Pearlstine, Norman – current editor-in-chief of Time magazine Rather, Dan – retired CBS News Rosenthal, A.M. (Abraham Michael) – former columnist for New York Times Rubin, Trudy S. – columnist and editorial board member for Philadelphia Inquirer Sawyer, Diane – commentator on ABC Shribman, David M. – syndicated columnist Snow, Robert Anthony "Tony" – the "young" clown on Fox News Stahl, Lesley R. – "60 Minutes" on CBS Steiger, Paul E. – Wall Street Journal Thomas, Evan W. III – co-author of "Wise Men" Tucker, Cynthia A. – Atlantic Journal Constitution Tyrrell, R. Emmett Jr. – editor of American Spectator; author of Boy Clinton Walters, Barbara - ABC News Williams, Brian D. – NBC commentator Zahn, Paula A. – commentator on CNN, former CBS and FOX "journalist" Zakaria, Fareed – columnist for Newsweek (international edition) Zuckerman, Mortimer B. – editor-in-chief of U.S. News and World Report Corporate CFR: The McGraw-Hill Company, Inc. Time Warner Inc. ==== (excerpt} WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION FOUND IN IRAQ Walter A. Davis Preface: The Sum of All Fears april13, 2006 http://mwcnews.net/content/view/6057/26 http://www.walteradavis.com/ Thanks to Seymour M. Hersch (The New Yorker, April 17,2006), Jorge Hirsch (ZNet, April 10, 2006) and others we now know that the unthinkable is being actively contemplated by the Bush Administration; namely, the use of nuclear weapons in an upcoming assault on Iran. Moreover, this action will mark the beginning of a period in which the use of tactical nuclear weapons will become an official part of U.S. policy. If these things happen one reason will be our failure to understand the present and the past. The past I refer to is marked by the continued effort of Americans to deny the horror and immorality of Hiroshima and Nagasaki despite the efforts of historians to establish the truth about those actions and the admission by the architects of those actions that the official explanation that we dropped the bomb to end the War and save countless lives was a myth constructed to hide our actual motives: (1) to avenge Pearl Harbor, (2) to create a laboratory so that our scientific and military personnel could study the effects of the Bomb, (3) to justify the amount of money spent developing it, and (4) to impress the Russians and the rest of the world with this opening salvo of the Cold War. The first act of global terrorism. * The present I refer to is the continued use by the U.S. of depleted uranium weaponry in Iraq. A large conference on The Nuclear Future held last year in New York was dedicated to the question whether the U.S. would cross the nuclear threshold in the near future. At one of the plenary sessions I suggested that it already had crossed that threshold and that we should not remain fixated on the Bomb as the term of reference in deciding the issue. Although I cited a number of studies as the basis of my claim, that claim was greeted with stern rebukes from the “scientific” members of both panel and audience and became a common reference point for jokes and jeers the rest of the conference. Subsequent studies of the effects of Depleted Uranium have only served to strengthen the argument I presented there. And so I would submit once again that the evidence is in, is in fact overwhelming: that the U.S. has been fighting a nuclear war in Iraq and that the mainline media continue to avoid that story like the plague. With obvious results: getting away with that kind of nuclear weaponry in Iraq emboldens the Administration to take the next step in Iran. There still is time to try to stop this. And the best way perhaps is to now make public in all media what the U.S. has done and is continuing to do in Iraq, and in effect to every American serviceperson who serves there. In hopes of contributing to the effort to bring that repressed story to attention I’ve asked the editors of MWCNews to make available here the fourth chapter of my recent book Death’s Dream Kingdom: The American Psyche Since 9-11 (London: Pluto Press, 2006). [,,,] Today marks the 100th anniversary of the birth of Samuel Beckett. Theodor Adorno correctly termed Beckett’s greatest work Endgame the first work of art of the nuclear age. It was so because of Beckett’s uncompromising effort to comprehend the historical, ontological, and aesthetic implications of the Bomb. Beckett took up the challenge Einstein set when he said that “the Bomb changed everything—except the way we think.” Because the latter has not yet taken place we today again face the unthinkable. To reformulate a well known maxim: those who do not understand the present are condemned to its more horrifying future. I. Laugh In Brings You the News: Death's Dream Kingdom: The American Psyche since 9-11 By Walter A. Davis The US CODE, TITLE 50, CHAPTER 40 Sec. 2302 defines a Weapon of Mass Destruction as follows: “The term ‘weapon of mass destruction” means any weapon or device that is intended, or has the capability, to cause death or serious bodily injury to a significant number of people through the release, dissemination, or impact of (A) toxic or poisonous chemicals or their precursors, (B) a disease organism, or (C) radiation or radioactivity.”... Depleted uranium (DU) is a waste product of the uranium enrichment process that fuels both our nuclear weapons and civilian nuclear power programs. In fact, over 99% of the uranium enrichment process results in this waste product, which has a half life of 4.5 billion years. DU is both a toxic heavy metal and a radiological poison. The U.S. currently has over 10 million tons of DU. The disposal of nuclear waste is, of course, one of the unintended consequences of the development of nuclear power. Fortunately, a solution to the problem of DU has been found. DU is now used in virtually every weapon employed by the U.S. in Iraq (and earlier in Afghanistan and in Kosovo). To cite the most conspicuous example: every penetrator rod in a shell shot from an Abrams tank contains 10 pounds of DU. DU is selected for weapons for three reasons: it’s cheap ( made available to arms manufacturers free of charge) and easy to develop; it’s heavy, 1.7 times the density of lead and thus most effective at killing because it penetrates anything it hits; and it’s pyrophoric, igniting and burning on contact with air and breaking up on contact with its target into extremely small particles of radioactive dust which is dispersed into the atmosphere. The result: permanent contamination of air, water, and soil.2 DU was first used by the U.S. in Desert Storm. The amount used was between 315-350 tons. Five times as much was used during the 2003 invasion of Iraq. Over a third of the U.S. soldiers who served in the first Gulf War are now permanently disabled. The Department of Energy and the Department of Defense of course continue to deny that DU has any harmful effects. A U.N. sub-commission on Human Rights has ruled that DU, which fits the definition of a “dirty bomb, ” is an illegal weapon. 3 Huge chunks of radioactive debris full of DU now litter the cities and countryside of Iraq. Fine radioactive dust permeates the entire country. The problem of clean-up is insoluble. The entire ecosystem of Iraq is permanently contaminated. The Iraq people are the new hibakusha. Their fate, like that of the “survivors” of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, is a condition of death-in-life. The long term health effects of DU on the Iraqi people (and on our own troops) are incalculable. There is no mask or protective clothing that can be devised to prevent radioactive dust from entering the lungs or penetrating the skin. Moreover, DU targets the DNA and the Master Code (histone), altering the genetic future of exposed populations. Because it is the perfect weapon for delivering nanoparticles of poison, radiation, and nano-pollution directly into living cells, DU is the perfect weapon for extinguishing entire populations. The Iraqi’s are not alone. Vast regions of the Middle East, Central Asia, and the Balkans have been permanently contaminated with radioactive dust and debris.4 These facts are worth bearing in mind the next time we are told what has now become a bipartisan article of faith: the Iraqi people are better off with Saddam Hussein gone. Or as Bill Maher put it on his show of Sept. 24, 2004: “Eventually they’re better off.” We need a new term to describe our actions in Iraq. Genocide is inadequate. Thus: Ecocide [from Gr oikos, house; and –cide, the destruction of] Ecology has two referents. It refers to that branch of biology that deals with the relations between living organisms and their environment and that branch of sociology that deals with relations among human groups with reference to material resources and consequent social and cultural patterns. The destruction of both is the goal of Ecocide. Ecocide is the deliberate production of a condition of permanent radiological, biological, and chemical contamination whereby death comes to inhabit an entire ecosystem. A condition of ecocide exists when life itself and all possibilities of its renewal are being systematically destroyed in an identifiable geographical area, which is also defined in terms of specifiable racial and religious characteristics. As is now known, the cumulative result of such actions may bring about for the entire planet the condition of homo sacer described by Giorgio Agamben. 5 The European Council on Radiation Risk, for example, calculated the damage to human health of the low level radiation thusfar released into the atmosphere from nuclear weapons testing to be 61, 600, 000 deaths by cancer alone. Moreover, in our wars since 1991 the U.S. has now released in terms of global atmospheric pollution the equivalent of 400, 000 Nagasaki Bombs. 6 [...] ==== Filipino American Hip-Hop and Class Consciousness: Renewing the Spirit of Carlos Bulosan by Michael Viola http://mrzine.monthlyreview.org/viola150406.html author's intro.: This essay is my attempt to write about Filipino American hip-hop from a historical materialist perspective with the deeper understanding that hip-hop is an art form that was created "for the people." I begin with an analysis of hip-hop and its absorption into a culture of capitalism. I argue that its absorption has not occurred in a vacuum but is actually related to a larger weakness of U.S. society and the progressive left. Second, I claim that, for Filipino American hip-hop to effectively resist its co-optation, it must revive the anticapitalist and antiracist perspectives embodied in the cultural work Carlos Bulosan. Lastly, I look at Filipino American hip-hop artists Native Guns as a timely case study. I show that their music continues the long history of Filipinos in America who use their cultural work to resist and challenge structures of exploitation, domination, and an ideology of racism. excerpt: ...Historically, the oral expression central to hip-hop reflected the youth of color who were struggling to survive in a system that continually justified the injustice that surrounded them. Hip-hop as an art form originated from the youth of inner city New York who were making sense of a history of contradiction that was not of their choosing. For hip-hop to uphold its history of resistance and assist in an emancipatory struggle, it will need to rise above glorifying "thug life" or, in the words of Bulosan, "adding form to decay." Instead, hip-hop must expose the origins of people's hunger and deprivation, in the hope that people will take part in the struggle to attain "a higher dream of human perfection."23 The Filipino American rap group Native Guns is an important case study for hip-hop. Emees Kiwi and Bambu grew up in Southern California, highly influenced by the gangster rap that originated in their communities. Bambu discusses the influence of gangster rap -- how it helped him come to grips with the experiences he faced in his community such as police harassment, drugs, and a lack of academic or job opportunities. He states, "Our music is just a continuation of a story started by gangster rap. I'm strongly influenced by [that] music and have learned and progressed from it."24 While hip-hop originated from the experiences of African Americans, according to Victor Wallis, "hip hop authenticity is rooted not in anyone's physical traits or language, but in the shared experience of oppression."25 Native Guns' music demonstrates how Filipino-Americans are making use of hip-hop to articulate the contradictions of capitalism they experience. Their work continues in the tradition of Carlos Bulosan as they express a clear understanding that they are products of a specific history marked by struggle and resistance. Acknowledging this history, Kiwi states, "We come from a long tradition of . . . artists who have challenged the status quo and mainstream thinking," and he elaborates that "our voice comes from a Filipino American perspective, giving us some distinct experiences to rap about."26 As a result, their music takes cultural action against the ruling elite while addressing the social conditions that have left their communities devastated. Click here to listen to Track 17 of Stray Bullets by Native Guns! Prior to the tragic events that took place in Washington D.C. and New York City on September 11, 2001, the U.S. government controlled the challenge of immigration with a concealed logic of racism (recall Propositions 21, 209, and 227 in California). Anti-immigration policies were anchored in the assumed tax burden of immigrants as well as their supposed propensity for criminality. However, with the shallow sentiment of pluralism celebrated in the United States, borders were still represented as open for immigrants who were willing to work hard and sacrifice to attain the "American Dream." Native Guns expresses the realities for immigrants in the United Sates prior to 9/11 in track 17 of their latest CD, Stray Bullets Mix Tape Volume 1. They sing, All my illegal aliens, black or Mexican Whether banana boat or hole in the fence I'm down with ya, come across that border, get rich. But first let me tell you about the land of opportunity, The ones who run the country look nothing like you and me, So they patrol the community, cage us into poverty, Feed you television so you'll know that you're an anomaly, That means you're different, Good luck trying to pay the rent, And welfare, well yeah, it really does exist, But you'll be on that shit for good, Cuz, in the hood, you'll have to work a few jobs So that your kids eat like they should, And the junk food epidemic keeps your kids unhealthy To die at thirty-five and leave the world unwealthy. So that's the Promised Land you left your country for But it's the same, it's corrupt, and you still poor.27 The realities of immigrants have only worsened in a post 9/11 world. The U.S. government has been given the "green light for a full blown and bipartisan agenda of repression at home, as well as for the expanded imperial project abroad."28 Reminiscent of McCarthyism in the 1950s, the U.S. is again on a crusade -- this time, to hunt anti-patriotic, domestic terrorists. The reactionary legislative agenda did not end with the Patriot and Homeland Security Acts that have institutionalized racist policing of all immigrants deemed unassimilable. On December 16, 2006, the United States House of Representatives passed H.R. 4437 titled "The Border Protection, Antiterrorism, and Illegal Immigration Control Act of 2005."29 If passed by the United States Senate, President Bush could sign a bill that equates illegal immigrants with terrorists. Undocumented immigrants as well as any individual or organization that "harbor" them could be charged with criminal penalties and subject to incarceration. Furthermore, if this bill passes, a 700-mile fence will be constructed along the Mexico border to deny access into the United States.30 The subjugation immigrants face in the "belly of the beast" is connected to the outright repression in the Third World: to take just two examples, in the Philippines, commonly referred to as the "second front" in the "war on terrorism," students, activists, and politicians are continual targets by military death squads supported by the U.S. government, and in Iraq, we will probably never know the number of civilians killed by U.S. "smart bombs." The common denominator is what Lenin acknowledged as the evolution of capitalist development in all its complexity (military, political, social, and economic). Peter McLaren identifies inseparable dominations at home and abroad as the new imperialism "connected to the increased competition for control over global territories (raw materials and resources) between imperialist rivals such as the United States, Britain, and France; the coming of age of 'new mammoth' corporations that seek competitive advantage through their own home-based nation-states; and the development of an entire world system of colonization that creates uneven development and economic dependencies."31 However, it is important to remember that, whenever such a system of subjugation exists, there are always resistance to it, voiced in thunders as well as whispers. In the same song, Native Guns unites the resistance found worldwide: Free Palestine, Iraq and all victims of occupation, Every human got to fight for their self-determination. By any means necessary, pencil or pistol, Beats and lyrics being played at the disco They label us criminals cuz we got guns, We got guns cuz we got no other options. Guerilla armies up in Third World jungles, To gangs in the hood, it's all the same struggle.32 The struggles for self-determination in the Philippines, Palestine, Iraq, and the United States are not necessarily all based on the praxis of anti-capitalism, anti-racism, or anti-imperialism. However, Native Guns rightfully grounds the sentiment for justice, dignity, and social transformation in the experience of love, echoing Che Guevara's description of revolutionary praxis that he describes as "guided by strong feelings of love," without which "it is impossible to think of an authentic revolutionary without this quality."33 Allow me to conclude with the lyrics of Native Guns that reproduce Che's conviction: We want freedom, We want something to be proud of. When it comes down to it, Revolution's all about love. The kind of love that one would give up their life for, So that their family won't ever have to die poor.34 Michael Viola is a graduate student at the University of Oregon with research interests in education, race studies, imperialism, and the Philippines. He is the west coast director and one of the co-founders of Sandiwa, a national Filipino American youth organization. You can contact him at mviola@uoregon.edu. === Beginning a New Interruption, Closer to Home US capital, after 30 years of pounding down the living standards of workers at home and abroad; after driving Latin American into the lost decade of the 1980s, and leading it into the advanced export deprivation of the 1990s; after ruining village, small scale agriculture; after IMF/WB austerity program after austerity program dismantling mine and factory; after a one dozen, two dozen years of NAFTA, the Plaza Accords, the Washington Consensus; after decades of "special zones," "entrepreneur enclaves," "development areas," turning borders and entire countries into maquilladoras, sweatshops, and massage parlors, finally found itself face to face in its home territory with the labor it had imported as the result of the capital it had exported. http://thewolfatthedoor.blogspot.com

Tuesday, April 11, 2006

4/11/6 Immigrants R US; Western " Enlightenment ", State

He who joyfully marches to music in rank and file has already earned my contempt. He has been given a large brain by mistake, since for him the spinal cord would fully suffice. This disgrace to civilization should be done away with at once. Heroism at command, senseless brutality, deplorable love-of-country stance, how violently I hate all this, how despicable an ignorable war is; I would rather be torn to shreds than be a part of so base an action! It is my conviction that killing under the cloak of war is nothing but an act of murder." : Albert Einstein ______________________ north amerikan IMPERIALIST "manifest destiny": the Right to achieve its WHITE SUPREMACIST GOAL of WORLD DOMINATION by 'ENLIGHTENED" STATE TERRORISM under the PRETEXT of a " WAR against TERRORISM" ... A 4 Minute Video: No Bravery Only Sadness: A nation blind to their disgrace http://informationclearinghouse.info/article11799.htm there IS both heroic bravery & incomparable sadness ... in the eyes of the courageous Iraqi people who are fighting and defeating our common enemy...with shamefully little support from us. Welcome Immigrants Tear Down That Wall! Revolution #043, April 16, 2006, posted at revcom.us The unprecedented upsurge of protest for immigrant rights sweeping across the U.S. is a great and tremendous thing! From New York to L.A., from Chicago to Houston, millions of people in cities throughout the country have taken to the streets, demanding justice and basic rights. These immigrants face the daily terror of living as “illegals,” subject to being suddenly snatched away, locked up, and deported across the border, or being targeted by vicious anti-immigrant vigilantes. But instead of being paralyzed by fear and driven deeper into the shadows, people are raising their heads, asking why things are the way they are and what can be done about them—and they are taking action! The basic demands of the people are clear, just, and reasonable—and they must be met. These include: No discrimination against immigrants No to the Minutemen and other anti-immigrant vigilantes Stop and reverse the militarization of the border Full rights and access to decent education, health care, and other social services No deportations No round-ups No detention centers/concentration camps No criminalization of those giving aid to immigrants Why the Capitalists Need and Fear Immigrants http://www.rwor.org/a/043/update-on-immigration-bills.htm The capitalist-imperialist class that runs this country slander the immigrants as “parasites” and “criminals.” But let's look at the reality. For the ruling class, the immigrants are essential to their system of exploitation. Many of these immigrants come from countries whose economies have been plundered by the U.S. imperialists—places like Mexico and the Central American nations, China, Nigeria, and Egypt. In the world today, two hundred million people have been driven from their homelands because they can no longer make a living to support themselves and their families in these countries ruined by imperialist exploitation, and they come to the imperialist countries in desperate search for work. The imperialists then take advantage a second time, shunting immigrants into the lowest-paid and most back-breaking jobs and superexploiting these workers. Then yet a third time, as the money that these workers send home to their families makes up a big part of the income of these oppressed nations, which helps the imperialists to keep these countries “stable” and to maintain control over them. And the imperialists take advantage a fourth time, as they demonize the immigrants and make them scapegoats for the problems created by their own system. There are huge social and economic changes in American society that are driving the imperialists' moves toward a fascist order. And as part of this, media figures like Lou Dobbs and politicians like Tom Tancredo are trying to whip up a fascist, nativist frenzy among middle class and working class people around the idea that America should be a white, Christian, highly militarized country—and that somehow this is an answer to the fears, desperation, and insecurity that are rocking their lives. And there is a particular effort directed at Black people—to mislead them into blaming their oppressive conditions (which arise from the capitalist-imperialist system) on immigrants, with whom Black people actually have much in common. But even as they ruthlessly take advantage of immigrants, these exploiters and oppressors also fear those they mess over. These immigrants are crucial to their economy, but the rulers also see these immigrants as a potential source of instability and upheaval for their system. Many of the immigrants have bitter experience with and hatred for Yankee domination and plunder—like the one and a half million peasants in Mexico who lost their means of livelihood after the Mexican government signed the NAFTA “free trade” agreement with the U.S., opening the door to massive imports of cheap agricultural products into their country. The rulers are afraid that such immigrants will strain the fabric of “national unity” within their imperialist home base that they rely on to get people to go along with their wars and aggression around the world... They want to prevent immigrants from joining together with the oppressed masses and workers born in this country and bringing their understanding and experiences with imperialism and struggle against it to bear. This is a big part of what's behind all these bills, which are all designed to tighten things up against immigrants. And while George Bush is portrayed as being "in the middle" in the immigration debate among the ruling elite (because as the representative of the strategic interests of his class, he is not at this point pushing the most draconian anti-immigrant measures), the overall Bush agenda—a concentrated expression of this system of naked imperialist aggression globally and quickening steps toward fascism at home—has set the stage and created the climate for shameless liars and demagogues like Lou Dobbs, Bill O'Reilly, Tom Tancredo and the rest, who spread virulent anti-immigrant hatred and aggressively promote the “white, European, English-speaking” identity of the American nation. The Immigration Bills: They're All No Good Revolution #043, April 16, 2006, posted at revcom.us Millions of immigrants have defiantly taken to the streets in recent weeks, demanding to be treated as human beings. Thousands of children of immigrants have walked out of high schools and more marches are planned. Protesters have targeted the fascist Sensenbrenner bill (HR4437), which would make it a felony—punishable by criminal prosecution to be or help an undocumented immigrant. The U.S. House of Representatives has already passed the Sensenbrenner bill (HR4437). The other body of the Congress, the Senate, has been debating their own version of an immigration bill. After much debate and backroom maneuvering, the Senate, Thursday, failed to agree on a bill. When the Senate does pass a bill, a conference committee will negotiate how to handle differences between the two versions. The final version is voted on again in both houses and becomes law when signed by the President. There are divisions among the rulers—whose economy depends to a large extent on superexploited immigrant labor, and who fear immigrants as well (see “Welcome the Immigrants”). But these divisions being debated out are NOT over what is in the interests of the people—but what is in the strategic interests of the ruling class. In the Senate, a bill pushed by Senator Specter has been portrayed in the media as pro-immigrant. But it's not. The Specter bill would seriously increase repression of immigrants in some unprecedented ways, as outlined in last week’s issue of Revolution, (issue #42). A “compromise” on the Specter bill, which came closest to uniting the Senate, would divide immigrants into three categories. The first category is immigrants who have lived in the country at least five years—about 7 million people. The plan is that these immigrants could apply for citizenship after a very repressive process—without any real guarantees of getting it. The process, taking six to eight years, would require learning English and passing a civics test (evoking the literacy tests used in the south to keep poor Blacks from voting). It would impose fines of $2,000 plus payment of back taxes, proof of continual employment for six years, and background checks. These checks include a criminal background check, which presents a “Catch 22”—an impossible situation—since immigrants are often forced to live outside the law in order to survive. While it is being presented as a way millions of immigrants could “gain citizenship,” in actuality it is a very highly repressive and selective process. The second category is for those who have lived in the U.S. for two to five years—about three million immigrants. These immigrants would be forced to leave the country, then report to an American port of entry to be classified as temporary workers or refused entry. They would not be guaranteed citizenship and would have to leave after six years of being exploited as temporary workers. And the third category, about a million immigrants in the country less than two years, would be forced out. They could try to sign up to be exploited without a guarantee of getting a temporary work visa. Just think about what it would mean if literally millions of immigrants were forced to leave the country by law and what that would look like. The failure of the Senate to pass any bill so far is a result of both infighting among the capitalists, and also the courageous protests of immigrants. Part of the strategy behind this “compromise” was to deal with and divide up millions of immigrants who have actively taken to the streets. The Senate bills were not, as some have claimed, a “step in the right direction.” What direction were these bills going? Where immigrants will be tracked down and categorized? Pitting older immigrants against newer immigrants? Forcing them to turn themselves in to the authorities—where the best outcome is tightened control, repression and more systematic exploitation? And this “compromise” was added to the already dangerously repressive proposals in the Specter bill—increased immigrant jails, unprecedented legal detention of immigrants, an apartheid-like work system—and militarizing the border—leading to even more death among those forced to cross by the workings of this global capitalist-imperialist system. RESISTANCE TO RACIST REPRESSION ENDS IN DEATH http://la.indymedia.org/news/2006/04/153084.php Excerpt: Eighth grader Anthony Soltero shot himself through the head on Thursday, March 30, after the assistant principal at De Anza Middle School told him that he was going to prison for three years because of his involvement as an organizer of the April 28 school walk-outs to protest the anti-immigrant legislation in Washington. The vice principal also forbade Anthony from attending graduation activities and threatened to fine his mother for Anthony’s truancy and participation in the student protests. ===== Help place Stop War on Iran Ads in Papers across the country the Iranian American Community in the United States http://members.aol.com/iaczine/ http://www.stopwaroniran.org/ It is with grave concern that we observe the growing threat of a new U.S. war--this time against the people of Iran. The media is filled with reports of an alleged nuclear threat posed by Iran and the assumed need for the U.S. to take military action. These reports remind us of the "Weapons of Mass Destruction" reports issued in the months leading up to the war on Iraq. >> view full statement and signers In Farsi En Español note-liz: while it is impossible to fully discern facts from all the deliberately planted disinfo. & psywar propaganda, we can be certain of what most of the world knows firsthand... NO extremes of state terror by u.s. imperialism & its loyal israeli partner in their crusade for global domination /'eretz israel' can be ruled out -- IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO JOIN THE STRUGGLE TO STOP THEM BY ANY MEANS NECESSARY. Abaddon Jeff Wells, Rigorous Intuition A quick review of the teaser of the nuking of Iran before they roll out the feature presentation. First of all, the target isn't Iran, though of course it will be Iranians who may die by the hundreds of thousands should nuclear weapons be greenlighted for Washington's latest McGuffin. But Iran is no more the target than Japan was for Fat Man and Little Boy. The principal target demographic for the atrocity still on storyboards is Russia and China. The nuking of Iran will be a blockbuster remaking of the demonstration events of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, which announced to the Soviet Union and all comers that the American Aeon had arrived (...) http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22447&s2=11> Israel won’t allow Iranian nuclear capability – Olmert: Asked whether Tel Aviv is considering the use of military force for stopping Tehran’s development of nuclear warheads, he said, Israel would not wait until Iran develops nuclear weapons that might be used against it. http://www.itar-tass.com/eng/level2.html?NewsID=6094480&PageNum=0 EXCLUSIVE: ROBO-JET PLAN TO STRIKE IRAN Bush prepares unmanned attack over nukes By Chris Hughes Security Correspondent http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/tm_objectid=16926177&method=full&siteid=94762&headline=exclusive--robo-jet-plan-to-strike-iran-name_page.html THE Pentagon has secret plans for a "remote control" blitz on Iran if it does not comply with demands to curb its nuclear programme. Dozens of targets, including nuclear complexes deep underground, would be destroyed by bunker-busting cruise missiles. And assassinations of key personnel working on the installations are planned using Hellfire rockets fired from unmanned Predator planes... US intelligence and military came up with the highly surgical "remote attack" plan involving no foreign forces inside Iran. The three day blitz was planned in the past six months by a small unit in the Defence Department. Missiles would be fired from B52 bombers and secret US air bases in neutral Gulf states such as Qatar. And by next year the US may have new 30,000lb bunker busters, dubbed Big Blu, capable of penetrating 100ft underground... The source said: "This is a new move in the war against terror - the most surgical and clinical strike against a threat ever undertaken. The technocrats pushing the button with the military have worked hard trying to ensure we are as clean as you can be in removing the threat. "That is the latest plan on the table and it could very well happen if diplomacy does not work. "The military technocrats believe it is the best way of destroying Iran's facilities and causing least disruption and conflict in the region." Countdown to U.S.-Iran War Has Begun: Reports Presence of U.S. bombers in England seen as advance signals Bhuwan Thapaliya http://english.ohmynews.com/ArticleView/article_view.asp?no=284740&rel_no=1 ...the concern of Iran as a threat to the United States' security [SIC] stretches beyond the neo-conservatives. It has also been reported a much wider swathe of foreign-policy opinion, often termed the "assertive nationalists," sees Iran as a consistent threat to U.S. interests in the immensely important, oil-bearing Persian Gulf region. "This outlook includes significant figures within the Democratic Party such as Hillary Clinton, and it links up with the pro-Israel lobby whose interest-base encompasses millions of evangelical Christians," according to the media reports. This means the current defensiveness of the neo-conservative position should not be confused with a decline in the willingness of the Bush administration to take on Iran. Moreover, the importance of separating them is underlined in a perceptive commentary in the journal Foreign Policy by Joseph Cirincione. He says the uncanny similarities between the pre-Iraq war period and the increasing tension over Iran have forced him to change his mind about the likelihood of war, after months of telling interviewers, "that no senior or military official was seriously considering a military attack on Iran." He notes the way in which the U.S. administration is increasingly presenting Iran as the key threat to the region can no longer be dismissed as posturing, but may rather "be a coordinated campaign to prepare the way for a military strike on Iran." However, the Sunday Telegraph reported that British military chiefs were meeting to consider the consequences of a U.S. strike on Iran. The paper presenting a detailed assessment, including striking graphics, of what an attack would entail. (Sean Rayment, "Government in secret talks about strike against Iran," Sunday Telegraph, April 2). In Iran, local TV stations reported that the Iranian Revolutionary Guards carried out a series of military exercises in the Persian Gulf and the Arabian Sea under the operating name "Great Prophet." Also, Iranian sources claim two new weapons have been tested during the week-long project: the Fajr-3 multiple warhead missiles and an underwater anti-ship weapon said to be capable of traveling at more than 300 kilometers per hour underwater - more than three times as fast as a conventional torpedo. None of this means that war with Iran is imminent. But if it happens, some forms of resistance is certain as it is hard to nullify Iranian anger. .[...] ... in case you've gotten the impression that the Bush administration isn't seriously considering a military strike against Iran using both conventional and nuclear weapons, see the Amercan Progress Action Fund's 4-10-06 Progress Report, "The Nuclear Option" ... at: http://www.americanprogressaction.org/site/apps/nl/newsletter2.asp?c=klLWJcP7H&b=917053 Also interesting: NO GOOD MILITARY OPTIONS IN IRAN: From the Heritage Foundation to the Council on Foreign Relations, from Rep. John Murtha (D-PA) to former top Bush State Department official Richard Haass, the experts agree -- there are no good military options in Iran. ThinkProgress has created a graphic database featuring quotes from prominent analysts and officials weighing in on the prospects of preemptive war in Iran. http://www.americanprogressaction.org/site/apps/nl/newsletter2.asp?c=klLWJcP7H&b=917053 and Under the Radar: IRAN -- RECENT COVERAGE FAILS TO NOTE ADMINISTRATION'S CREATION OF SECRETIVE IRAN GROUP: http://www.americanprogressaction.org/site/apps/nl/newsletter2.asp?c=klLWJcP7H&b=917053Remarking on the recent coverage by the Washington Post and the New Yorker on the Bush administration's preparations for a military strike against Iran, Lawrence Kaplan, a senior editor at The New Republic, writes that "absent from either account...is any mention of the State Department's ramped-up campaign for regime change in Iran -- a campaign that intensifies by the day." According to Kaplan, the administration has formed what it calls the Iran-Syria Operations Group (ISOG), a body headed by Vice President Cheney's daughter, Deputy Assistant Secretary of State Liz Cheney, and whose purpose is to encourage regime change in Iran. The State Department's Bureau of Near Eastern Affairs is disgruntled by the Bush team's efforts to run its own Iran shop and skirt the traditional bureaucracy. The administration's pre-Iraq war creations of the White House Iraq Group (WHIG) and the Pentagon's Office of Special Plans (OSP) may suggest one possible answer for why the administration feels the need to set up a secretive Iran operating group. OSP was created to cull intelligence to make the strongest possible case for war with Iraq, while WHIG helped market the war based on the selective intelligence the administration collected. Cheney is operating with more than $75 million at her disposal to ostensibly promote democracy in Iran. === The heroic Palestinian struggle for national liberation against u.s./israeli genocide deserves our unequivocal support. It is a critical obstacle to our common enemy's designs on the 'middle east' and Arab nationalist resistance: Israel’s bombardment of the Gaza Strip is designed to bring the Palestinian people to their knees, the prime minister of the new Hamas-led government, Ismail Haniya, said on Tuesday. http://tinyurl.com/okfan === Palestinians also a casualty of Iraq conflict Abdul Jalil Mustafa Three weeks after they fled violence in Iraq, about 130 Palestinian refugees, including at least 50 children, are still stranded in the no-man's-land between Iraq and Jordan with no light at the end of the tunnel. A controversy is building up between Jordan and international human rights groups, including the Human Rights Watch (HRW), on to what extent the Amman government is under obligation to allow Palestinian refugees to move to the Ruweished refugee camp, about 60 kilometres west of the border... Read the full article / Leggi l'articolo completo: http://www.uruknet.info/?p=22471 Iraq: 3 Years under the American Democracy By Dr. Elias Akleh 4/9/2005 The Bush administration has pledged (threatened) to spread the American democracy throughout the Middle Eastern countries. It called this pledge the “Greater Middle Eastern Project”. The American invasion of Iraq is claimed to be the first step in this project. Bush and his administration claim that their plans for Iraq are succeeding since Iraq had “democratic” election and a government chosen by the people. Let us examine Iraq after three years under the American democracy since Bush had claimed that democratic Iraq would be the example for the rest of the Arab countries. A quick general look at Iraq shows us that poverty not democracy had been spread in Iraq. The infrastructures of Iraqi cities have been damaged by air bombings, raids, and car bombings. Under the excuse of fighting terrorists such as Al-Zarqawi, who was reportedly killed long time ago in Afghanistan, the American occupational forces have led military operations against major Iraqi cities such as Falluja, Ramadi, Mosul, Samarra, and Tel Afar, destroyed large parts of the cities and killed many of their residences and detain large number of them. Survivers now live in tents built on places where their homes were once built. Although there are no official Iraqi body counts during the last three years unofficial counts give estimates no less than 250 thousands Iraqi killed since the beginning of the war. The number is rising by an average of 60 bodies every day. The American administration alleged that it has invaded Iraq to stop Saddam from using his WMD (nuclear, biological, and chemical weapons) against Israel and against the US. It had been well known, and later proven beyond doubt, that Iraq did not have any WMD. It was the US who used its WMD against the innocent Iraqi people in the form of DU (depleted nuclear uranium), Napalm, and white phosphorus bombs (chemical weapons). DU is a nuclear weapon whose devastating effects on humans, animals, and environment last hundreds of thousands of years. DU particles mutate genetic code of the reproductive cells resulting babies born with severe mutations. The particles are spread by wind into food chain; plants and animals. Iraq is also littered with small cluster bombs that threaten the lives of civilians especially unaware children. Iraq has sunk deep into poverty and became one of the poorest nations on earth. It is estimated that extended families are living now on $2 a day. Disease and acute malnutrition among children had tripled since the beginning of the war. Out of the 40 water and sewer systems in Iraq none of them is still functioning even after three years of alleged rebuilding and repair. At least 33% of Iraqis do not have clean drinking water. Large parts of Iraqi cities are flooded with dirty sewers carrying all kinds of diseases. Iraqi hospitals, once considered the most advanced in the region and offered free medical services, now lack the essential equipments and medications to treat the simplest sickness. Many hospitals were raided by American troops to capture alleged injured resistance fighters. Many physicians were murdered or had left the country for fear for their own lives, and fear of having their children kidnapped for ransom money, a crime that became widely spread. Iraq’s economy was widely destroyed; electrical power was not restored, thus Iraq’s industry has come to a complete halt. None of the Iraqi 19 power plants had been repaired. The American policy is to keep them nonfunctional in order to cripple Iraqi industry, and to keep the Iraqis dependent on foreign (mostly American and Israeli) products. Iraqi cities lack essential services; 92% of the people don’t have stable electricity. Iraqi educational system has been destroyed and educational curriculums have been changed to suit the American interest. Schools and universities were bombed during the war and had never been repaired. University professors had been systematically assassinated. Iraqi scientists were either forced to change their national loyalty and get “absorbed” by US and UK, or being assassinated. Many students were forced to leave school to find jobs to sustain their families, especially those, who had lost their bread winning fathers. Iraqis are intentionally left without job opportunities to create a class of desperate cheap laborers who could be taken advantage of. The only available job opportunity was in the army and police force, which are subservient to the American military. They are being trained by the Americans to become death squads (much like what happened in El Salvador). They are pushed in the front of the American raids on the Iraqi cities to receive the brunt of the resistance, and for the purpose of inciting ethnic conflict; Shiite police is operated into Sunni areas and vice verse. Many Iraqi officials and religious leaders have been assassinated to incite division and civil war. Sunni as well as Shiite religious clerics have been abducted and assassinated. Their mosques have been raided and bombed, and their worshippers were murdered inside the mosques. Iraq’s holy places had been desecrated and trampled by the boots of the American military. Iraqi male population has become an easy target for the American troops and their death squads. They are detained during routinely knight raids on their homes. They are insulted in front of their family, detained and sent into prisons such as Abu Ghraib. There are an estimate of 3200 Iraqi detainees in Abu Ghraib alone, not mentioning the other jails. They are harshly interrogated, insulted, tortured, stripped naked, raped and often killed for no crime except they were in the wrong place at the wrong time. Other family members do not escape similar fate either. When males are not present other family members, such as wife or young daughters, are detained to force the men to surrender. Detained women receive similar torture and gang rape. Many young girls have been kidnapped, while on their way to school, by the young American soldiers, gang raped and then dumped into the streets similar to what they used to do in Vietnam, Philippines, and Okinawa. Kidnapping and assassination have become a routine event in Iraq. Men, Sunnis as well as Shiites, are kidnapped, tortured, shot in the head in an execution style, and their bodies dumped in the streets. Government officials and judges, who were investigating corruption, had been also assassinated. Even foreign diplomats, especially Arabs, were not spared such kidnapping and assassination. An Algerian high ranking diplomat was abducted, and an Egyptian diplomat was kidnapped and assassinated. The goal was to scare other Arab countries from sending their own diplomats for fear of exposing and spoiling the American occupational plans. Members of non-governmental humanitarian aid organizations had also been abducted and beheaded in an attempt to scare such organizations from helping Iraqis. The kidnapping of members of the Christian Peacemaker Teams was the latest example. Iraqi, as well as international, media outlets and their reporters have been deliberately targeted by Anglo/American forces. Al-Jazeera TV reporters and offices had been deliberately targeted as exposed by Bush/Blair memo. Many other independent reporters had been kidnapped and assassinated to prevent them from reporting what really happens in the Iraqi theater, and to discourage any more reporters from venturing on their own away from army control. The American hailed “democratic” Iraqi government is corrupt to the bones. Corruption had reached high levels and the government became a parasite living on oil revenues. Officials had put entire budgets into their own pockets. Iad Allawi had pocketed the defense procurement budget of 2004/5 estimated to exceed $1.5 billion. Millions more allocated for the protection of vital Kirkuk-Baiji oil pipeline was all embezzled. The few guards hired to protect the pipeline turned out to be the same who were blowing it up. It is estimated that the government has about 50 thousands “ghost soldiers”. These are non-existent soldiers, whose salaries go into the pockets of government officials. One major goal of the occupation is to divide Iraq into three weak separate ethnical parts; Kurds in the north, Shiites in the south, and Sunnis in the center. These three parts are to be ruled by some kind of federation under American supervision. The Iraqi army and police force are also split along these ethnic lines. In each city the police force conducts an ethnic cleansing of its troops to maintain uniformity. They form ethnic militias who are bent more on advancing their own ethnic and religious interests rather than preserving general security. They pledge loyalty to their own ethnic leaders rather than to their commanders. The Kurds are especially active in such endeavor. They are also conducting a transfer and resettling of citizens in the city of Kirkuk. They are persecuting and pressuring non-Kurds to leave the town and bring in Kurdish families to settle in as replacements. They are trying to have a total control over oil rich Kirkuk to finance the establishment of their own future independent Kurdistan. They have five out of nine parliamentary seats and are demanding for Prime Minister Jaafari to resign for fear of his coalition with Turkey to prevent the establishment of Kurdistan. Iraq’s daily life consists of an average of 100 military attacks, at least four car bombings in civilian areas, a conservative estimate of 65 deaths, and routine night raids of death squads. Persistent American attempts in creating ethnic civil war in Iraq is about to succeed. This religious ethnic civil war between Sunni and Shiite Moslems will spill into the rest of Middle Eastern countries, which also include multi ethnic groups. This is what spreading the American democracy really means. Many Iraqis remember “the good old days” of Saddam’s rule. Under his rule 60 people might be killed in a month not in a day, fewer people would be imprisoned and tortured, people would still have jobs and enough food rations, and security would be prevalent where people, including women and children, could safely walk into the streets not fearing for their lives. Civil services would have been quickly restored as what happened after the first Gulf War, when Saddam restored all bridges, power plants, and water systems within a couple of months after the war. Little security and peace of mind is better than none. Saddam’s tyranny is better than this deadly American democracy. It was explained by one American high level intelligence official that Iraq is just one campaign in the war against “Islamic terrorism” in the Middle East. Iran, Syria and Lebanon are the next campaigns in the North, then the rest of the Arab states in the South. The American “Greater Middle Eastern Project” alleges to spread this type of American Freedom and democracy in the whole region (The Arab World). Arab leaders, who have been passive throughout all the crises in the region, are either in denial of the American hegemonic plans, or are paralyzed by fear of the American terror, and hope to survive by collusion. The question becomes whether the Arab nations will give in to such denial and collusion and wait for the this American democracy that will kill hundreds of thousands of their men, rape their females, destroy their cities, collapse their economies, poison their land with nuclear weapons, desecrate their whole places, assign puppet regimes, divide their countries and provoke civil wars or will they unite to stop this American democratic terror in its tracks? ...... Padilla Can't Wait Aziz Huq Can a U.S. citizen be locked up for three-plus years without access to a court or opportunity to challenge the government’s reasons for detention? Today, the answer in America is a provisional "yes." And last week the government took one important step toward cementing this "yes" into a permanent power. In legal briefs and internal Justice Department memoranda, the administration has argued since 9/11 that the president has authority to detain anyone—U.S. citizen or non-citizen—without charge, without a hearing before a neutral magistrate and without access to the evidence lodged against them...http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22467&s2=12> === A war resistor's plea to IBC Posted by The Editors on April 10, 2006, 9:54 am http://members5.boardhost.com/medialens/msg/1144659274.html To: comment@iraqbodycount.org April 10, 2006 IBC, My name is Pablo Paredes, I am the only Navy public War Resistor thus far in the criminal acts being perpetrated against the people of Iraq. (I speak only of Iraq as your website is dedicated to that theater) My resistance was met with a Court Martial and a minor sentence. I was then Administratively separated from the Navy and effectively blacklisted by my characterization of discharge. None of this matters to me. I do not regret my actions i wish only that i could do more to bring an end to this massacre that continues in Iraq. I am writing to you with a grave concern. I have read much of the literature on your website and it has led me to the conclusion that we share some of the same goals in regards to ending this massacre. My concerns come in the effect that your methodology and appearance are having. if this is your goal or not is not my concern, but you are perceived as the end all be all, definitive authority on Iraqi civilian casualties. This is not a perception relegated to the mainstream in the US and England but even in the left in this country and abroad, Anti-war folks are perceiving you this way as well. This for me is a problem. As someone who was ready to do serious time for refusing to take part in the current massacre i am really frustrated that educated people especially in the peace movement would accept a number as low as 30000 more or less to quote our president as the definitive estimate. This is obviously what our compliant media would like and obviously what the war criminals who have led our country to war would like. But i believe that in your hearts it is not what you folks who's bios i read and admire, set out to do with IBC. Even at antiwar events when i give the conservative number of well over 100 thousand Iraqi civilians killed thus far i am stared at as though i am a conspiracy theorist. Conspiracy theorists find their info in best sellers and sci fi i got my numbers from a British Medical Journal. No one with credentials in such a field of study has belittled the study and most with experience in such studies with such methodologies hail the work or mention it is excessively conservative. I realise i am writing a sizable e-mail but i consider this a very serious issue. I speak very often at rallies and anti-war events and i often say to people that our task is not convincing conservatives of liberal ideas or war hawks of Pacifist philosophy, our difficult assignment is to change the reality in Iraq from being an abstraction to everyday Americans to becoming a harsh reality which must be stopped. I truly believe this is the case and the polls telling us 60+ percent of the us population have dumped the war tell me I'm right. Remaining as respectful as i can, i have to tell you that it becomes increasingly harder for me to bring the reality and the cost of war to everyday folks and shine a light on it. It becomes unbearably difficult to do this when such insultingly low numbers of what the true civilian cost of this aggression has been for the land of Mesopotamia, are hailed as the definitive figure. Now i realize IBC never claims to have the exact numbers and even admit you are well below but this fact has to become prominently displayed on your website and you have a duty to make statements and letters to editors etc. when politicians and media sources site your numbers as fact or closest thing to fact without admitting how low ball they are. I hope i have not insulted anyone and i hope that my request is taken in the good spirits that it is made. I know you all wish to end this massacre but a big part of that is forcing America to see that the Iraq Body count is a number with 6 painful zeros attached to it not 5 and that the majority of these deaths are via our tax dollars not insurgencies or anti-coalition forces or whatever the name we are giving to people who wont roll over and take occupation is this week. Please consider taking action on this matter, it is of grave importance. Humanity and Solidarity, Pablo ==== The Great Western Demonology Circus Now the Halabja Show K Gajendra Singh http://www.aljazeerah.info/Opinion%20editorials/2006%20Opinion%20Editorials/April/10%20o/The%20Great%20Western%20Demnology%20Circus%20Now%20the%20Halabja%20Show%20By%20K%20Gajendra%20Singh.htm April 10, 2006 I have spent considerable time and energy over a couple of years in trying to find out the truth about the alleged genocide/gassing in 1988 of many thousands of Kurds at Halabja by Saddam Hussein . The western media led by the likes of CNN and BBC is quite sure .But it is not true .There is a pattern of sustained lies by western leaders and its media to demonise leaders who come in the way of west's policies .Truth has no value .Lying is shameless .The aim is US led western domination and control of the rest of the world for its wealth , whether it is in Yugoslavia , Iraq or Africa . I have not covered Latin America , till now USA backyard ,as I have never been there and am not fully aware of its history. Western leaders and in house corporate and subservient media, continue to line up one show after another. Soon after the death of Serbian nationalist hero Slobodan Milosevic's death in western custody, which ended his trial ( the Hague tribunal did not even allow him to be treated in Moscow ), another third world leader has been put on trial ,Charles Taylor of Liberia . Just a little side show. But, at Anglo-Saxon request, the perennial popular show with the West, Saddam Hussein's trial, is back again , this episode covers gassing of Kurds at Halabja. After all West has expanded so much effort and money on his demonisation to cloak its policies. Make an example of all those who dare oppose US led Western hegemony! In history , this began as soon as the West crossed the Turkish straits , when Mithradates VI of Pontus in Asia was demonized for standing up to Rome. In that conflict 2 millennia ago , the power breaking all the rules was the Roman empire, who ruthlessly exploited and taxed their subjects in Asia, a complaint similar to what the Arabs have about the exploitation of their oil resources, with the connivance of the client rulers. Of course there are no trials of US leadership and British Prime Minister Tony Blair, in spite of illegal invasion of Iraq, proven crimes and violation of almost all international conventions and treaties and even laws at home. 'There were thousands of tactical mistakes' coyly confessed the US face of democracy crusader , Secretary of State Condoleeza Rice , some of which were rightly described by others as strategic blunders. When Pentagon boss Donald Rumsfeld snarled witheringly "I don't know what she was talking about, to be perfectly honest," she mumbled, "I guess I shouldn't use figures of speech." Robert Dreyfuss, an expert on Middle East ,recently described Condi as a leading know-nothing on Iraq – and said that it was her utter ignorance of the Middle East as national security adviser through 2004 that allowed the cabal led by Vice President Dick Cheney and Rumsfeld to get away with so much . It is and, until the US withdrawal from Iraq, the government will remain a collection of charlatans and quislings, leavened with separatist warlords such as the Barzanis and Talabanis of Kurdistan and Abdel Aziz al-Hakim of the Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq (SCIRI). Incumbent Iraqi Prime Minister Ibrahim Al Jaafari, who has been nominated for the post by members of his alliance in the Parliament, elected 4 months ago , refused to withdraw , even after requests in person in Baghdad by Ms Rice and British Foreign Minister Jack Straw to make way for a pro-US candidate. Was not sovereignty transferred to Iraq long time ago! After Bush's ordering of telephone surveillance without legal sanction , Court documents released this week show that I. Lewis ''Scooter" Libby, the former chief of staff for Dick Cheney, testified that both Cheney and President Bush authorized him to leak classified intelligence about Iraq in July 2003. Libby had outed information to the media on the covert CIA officer wife of Ambassador Joseph Wilson to punish him and to warn other whistle blowers .Ambassador Wilson had exposed the administration's claims that Saddam Hussein was getting Uranium cake for his nuclear program from Niger. Boston Globe commented "the next thing you know, President Bush will channel Richard Nixon to say, ''I am not a crook." The clock has started on whether Bush will make this declaration. There is panic in USA about what to do with the mess on its hands in Iraq and the unraveling of the credibility of the Bush Administration. These would adversely affect fortunes of the ruling Republican party in November elections. Another shocker now. Seymour Herse has just disclosed that the Administration has increased clandestine activities inside Iran and intensified planning for a possible major air attack including use of tactical nuclear weapons. Perhaps to also drown the rising whispers of censoring and even impeaching the President. So the Great Western Circus must produce newer or repeat popular shows on third world leaders to divert attention from failures abroad and at home, where popularity of Bush and Blair remains low [...] ==== THE 'ENLIGHTENED' WHITE WAY TO RULE THE WORLD The convenient myth that changed a set of ideas into western values Those who arrogantly insist on recruiting the Enlightenment may not understand what they are arguing for Madeleine Bunting Monday April 10, 2006 The Guardian http://www.guardian.co.uk/comment/story/0,,1750388,00.html Consider this: " The European Enlightenment was a unique event in human history in which all the founding principles of western secular democracies were forged. All our scientific developments, the importance of reason, religious tolerance, the rule of law, rationality, a secular state, progress in human rights and our atheism can be traced back to this momentous period of intellectual history. This is the legacy we must hold fast to, and assert unapologetically against the challenges it faces from Islamism." Agree with all that? If so, you're on very shaky historical ground but you've got plenty of company. Increasingly, you can hear different potted versions of this trumpet call from all over the political spectrum. It was a prominent left-of-centre commentator taking up this line at an event a month ago that got me wondering why the Enlightenment had suddenly been dragged out of the obscurity of university philosophy departments into the glare of public debate and grand old men such as Hume, Voltaire and Locke recruited to the clash of civilisations. What bothered me was not just the self-righteous certainty (always a satisfying emotion and unfortunately not the sole preserve of the religiously inclined) the Enlightenment was providing its new devotees, but the gobsmacking ignorance required to mount such an audacious intellectual land grab. Even a pretty cursory knowledge of Islam reveals a long history of scientific development, the importance of reason, religious tolerance, the rule of law. Why were people now claiming these hugely important and valuable ideas were copyrighted to a period of European history?... "Enlightenment values" doesn't offer the kind of solid ground they believe it to be. For example, many Enlightenment thinkers would not have described themselves as rationalists. Jon Wilson, a historian at King's College, London, makes the case that the Enlightenment had far more to do with anti-rationalism - thinkers like David Hume or Adam Smith argued in favour of a much more empirical approach of observation to understand the messy, muddle of reality. Another example, one of the most common misconceptions, is that the Enlightenment was about atheism, and drove an irreversible wedge between science and reason on one hand and religion on the other. In fact, none of the major Enlightenment thinkers were atheists. A major anti-clerical figure like Voltaire was probably a deist. His ire was directed not against religious belief but against the corrupt power of religious institutions - and this is, indeed, a big reason to celebrate the Enlightenment. In this respect, it was a chapter, albeit a very important one, in a much longer story about the appropriate relationship between religious belief and politics, a story in which many traditions have participated - not just Europeans. There's a tortuous history of how disparate debates have been bundled together as "Enlightenment values", and another set (blatant racism and anti-semitism) have been quietly chopped from the record. Given that there were about four Enlightenments (France, Scotland, Italy and Germany) you can effectively argue almost any case. But after doing the rounds on rationality, secularism, atheism, we're still no nearer understanding its current popularity. On this last point, I'm intrigued by Wilson's suggestion that our understanding of the Enlightenment as a distinctive European set of ideas was possibly cooked up in the 1930s and reheated in the 1950s in the battle against another very distinctive set of European values - fascism. Elevating the Enlightenment was a way to patch up Europe's tattered reputation after causing the two most destructive wars in human history. That the clash of civilisations debate is being cast in the same mould as the struggle against fascism would explain how the Enlightenment has come back into play. It's being used to answer questions such as: what are we? What are our values? That's how it was used to rally an exhausted continent after fascism, but to invoke it now against Islam is a dangerous distortion of history. It draws the dividing line in the wrong place. Many traditions - not just the European Enlightenment - have a history of struggle against fanaticism and intolerance, and they (especially Europe) have fallen lamentably short of those ideals. We can value the Enlightenment without using it to feed an arrogant superiority which blinds us to our allies in other traditions.... ==== CAPITALIST ENLIGHTENMENT KNOW NO BOUNDS... New technology allows advertisers to listen in on conversations http://www.unknownnews.org/0604110406eavesdropping.html Comment: This particular startup says they're identifying what TV shows, films, music, and video games people are using, while filtering out or garbling all live conversations intercepted at the same time. But the reverse can be done just as easily.

Friday, April 07, 2006

4/6/6 Thought Control from 'Left' and 'Right' as 'Freedom'

WAY BEYOND "BIG LIES": when the STATE RUNS THE CAPITALIST MEDIA so that SYSTEMICALLY the 'NEWS' is IMPERIALIST PROPAGANDA “The US government has not got to the point where we are as deft and clever and facile and quick as the enemy that is perfectly capable of lying, having it printed all over the world, and there’s no penalty for having lied.” Rumsfeld, UK Telegraph, 3/29/6 Control -- By Ghali Hassan -- 03 April, 2006 Like all imperialist forces, the US is heavily relaying on misinformation propaganda campaign to promote and enhance its imperialist ideology. Violence and war crimes against defenceless civilians are depicted as “fighting the enemy”. The mass murder of Iraqi civilians by US forces is normalised and welcomed with deafening silence. The purpose is thought control, or as it is called “perception management” designed to enhance US images. The campaign is part of a wider Western strategy to mislead the public, remove historical memory and justify more wars. According to George Orwell, newspeak is a form of propaganda to cover up criminal actions, especially killing people unjustly and deliberately, with a veneer of justification and reason. In Iraq, the occupying forces are increasingly covering the truth with lies and deception, blame the Iraqi people for the violence they have inflicted on them, and to remove the Occupation as the generator of violence. The three-year US Occupation of Iraq is becoming increasingly violent and the occupying forces are killing Iraqi civilians with impunity while encouraging Iraqis to fight each other. The atrocity is aided by massive Western propaganda campaign to demonise Iraqis and portray not only Iraqis but also Muslims in general as fanatic and violent. This includes: 1) the Occupation is a benign “peace mission” and necessary “to prevent” civil war; 2) Iraq is a “breeding ground for terrorists”– as if the illegal invasion and Occupation of Iraq are not the greatest acts of terrorism; and 3) Iraqis are responsible for what is happening to them. Each of the three is a falsehood Western elites (Left and Right) have adopted these falsehoods to justify their attacks on the Iraqi people and to jump on the misinformation propaganda of Occupation bandwagon...... On Sunday night 26 March 2006, US forces and their Iraqi collaborators attacked Al-Mustapha Mosque in the Ur neighbourhood in east Baghdad and deliberately killed 37 unarmed worshipers including the 80-years old Imam in charge of the Mosque.... Consistent with the US policy of dehumanising and identifying all Iraqis as the “enemy”, US forces aided by the BBC – the mother of all deceptions – and US mass media have falsely and deliberately portrayed the victims of being “insurgents” and “terrorists”, and gave contradictory accounts of the massacre. But careful examination of these acts suggests deliberate acts of state terrorism to promote US interests...... Leading the misinformation propaganda campaign is President George W. Bush. In his news conference at the White House on 21 March 2006, Bush said: “It's -- confidence amongst the Iraqis is what is going to be a vital part of achieving a victory”, he said, “which will then enable the American people to understand that victory is possible. In other words, the American people will -- their opinions, I suspect, will be affected by what they see on their TV screens”...... The Bush’s line of distortion was repeated in Australia by Prime Ministers John Howard and Tony Blair. John Howard used no other media outlet than the ABC to tell Australians that; in Iraq, “I don't think things can be said to be getting worse. I think they can be said to be getting better”. Tony Blair used the Australian Parliament House to promote a relic colonial ideology of changing peoples’ culture and assimilate them into the Anglo-American culture through arms conquest and ultra-violence. “The last time we heard talk like this was from a former army corporal in Germany speaking about the values of the Aryan race”, writes author Jeff Archer of MalcomLagauche.com. Three years ago Tony Blair told the biggest lie of the century that Iraq could launch an attack on Britain using chemical and biological weapons within 45 minutes...... All the destruction and bloodshed is the result of a decision agreed upon by the three Anglo-American demagogues, and aided by an offensive misinformation propaganda campaign promoted by the mass media to justify war crimes on massive scale. Blair’s “battle for modernity” is a pretext for attacking Islam, which is identified in the West today as “Islamism”. For the three Anglo-American demagogues, “Islamism” writes, Professor Hamid Dabashi of Columbia University in New York; “is a US-sponsored propaganda gadget manufactured to generate and sustain an illusory enemy to justify warmongering and global domination”. In other words, a diet of distortion, fear and racism is feed to the public in order to provide justification for violent ideology. The war which the three demagogues continue to promote is responsible for the mass murder of hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqi men, women and children. It is responsible for the illegal mass arrest, imprisonment, torture, abuse and murder of thousands of innocents Iraqi men, women and children. The “democracy” and “freedom” that the three demagogues claim to be spreading around the world is the mask of war and ultra-violence. The three demagogues have one thing in common; to continue the current violence against the Iraqi people..... The US did not invade and destroyed Iraq for the sake of “democracy” and “freedom”. The illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq is part of the US imperialist-Zionist ideology. The current US campaign is to divide Iraqis and prevent an Iraqi government of unity at all coast. As it is the case, there has been no government in Iraq since the invasion and the promotion of “civil war” has increased markedly. The US-groomed puppet government is a propaganda tool. It is a façade designed to legitimise ongoing Occupation and cover up its associated crimes. It has no power and is unable to provide Iraqis with the minimum services required, let alone security. There is no national sovereignty under foreign occupation. Hence, the Iraqi people are struggling to free themselves from the Anglo-American-orchestrated Occupation and oppression...." http://www.countercurrents.org/iraq-hassan030406.htm ....... the media "partnership" with the state secures the white supremacist class/race privilege-based american complicity in imperialism's crimes against humanity Libby's testimony: Bush personally authorized leaking classified information to help 'sell' war http://www.unknownnews.org/0604070406Bush-himself.htmlExcerpt: Vice President Dick Cheney's former chief of staff has testified that President Bush authorized him to disclose the contents of a highly classified intelligence assessment to the media to defend the Bush administration's decision to go to war with Iraq, according to papers filed in federal court on Wednesday by Patrick J. Fitzgerald, the special prosecutor in the CIA leak case. ==== Former Head Of Star Wars Program Says Cheney Main 9/11 Suspect. Official version of events a conspiracy theory, says drills were cover for attacks. Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones Prison Planet.com April 4 2006 The former head of the Star Wars missile defense program under Presidents Ford and Carter has gone public to say that the official version of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory and his main suspect for the architect of the attack is Vice President Dick Cheney. Dr. Robert M. Bowman, Lt. Col., USAF, ret. flew 101 combat missions in Vietnam. He is the recipient of the Eisenhower Medal, the George F. Kennan Peace Prize, the President’s Medal of Veterans for Peace, the Society of Military Engineers Gold Medal (twice), six Air Medals, and dozens of other awards and honors. His Ph.D. is in Aeronautics and Nuclear Engineering from Caltech. He chaired 8 major international conferences, and is one of the country’s foremost experts on National Security. Bowman worked secretly for the US government on the Star Wars project and was the first to coin the very term in a 1977 secret memo. After Bowman realized that the program was only ever intended to be used as an aggressive and not defensive tool, as part of a plan to initiate a nuclear war with the Soviets, he left the program and campaigned against it. In an interview with The Alex Jones Show aired nationally on the GCN Radio Network, Bowman (pictured below) stated that at the bare minimum if Osama bin Laden and Al-Qaeda were involved in 9/11 then the government stood down and allowed the attacks to happen. He said it is plausible that the entire chain of military command were unaware of what was taking place and were used as tools by the people pulling the strings behind the attack. Bowman outlined how the drills on the morning of 9/11 that simulated planes crashing into buildings on the east coast were used as a cover to dupe unwitting air defense personnel into not responding quickly enough to stop the attack. "The exercises that went on that morning simulating the exact kind of thing that was happening so confused the people in the FAA and NORAD....that they didn't they didn't know what was real and what was part of the exercise," said Bowman. "I think the people who planned and carried out those exercises, they're the ones that should be the object of investigation." Asked if he could name a prime suspect who was the likely architect behind the attacks, Bowman stated, "If I had to narrow it down to one person....I think my prime suspect would be Dick Cheney." Bowman said that privately his military fighter pilot peers and colleagues did not disagree with his sentiments about the real story behind 9/11. Bowman agreed that the US was in danger of slipping into a dictatorship and stated, "I think there's been nothing closer to fascism than what we've seen lately from this government." Bowman slammed the Patriot Act as having, "Done more to destroy the rights of Americans than all of our enemies combined." Bowman trashed the 9/11 Commission as a politically motivated cover-up with abounding conflicts of interest, charging, "The 9/11 Commission omitted anything that might be the least bit suspicious or embarrassing or in any way detract from the official conspiracy so it was a total whitewash." "There needs to be a true investigation, not the kind of sham investigations we have had with the 9/11 omission and all the rest of that junk," said Bowman. Asked if the perpetrators of 9/11 were preparing to stage another false-flag attack to reinvigorate their agenda Bowman agreed that, "I can see that and I hope they can't pull it off, I hope they are prevented from pulling it off but I know darn good and well they'd like to have another one." A mainstay of the attack pieces against Charlie Sheen have been that he is not credible enough to speak on the topic of 9/11. These charges are ridiculed by the fact that Sheen is an expert on 9/11 who spends hours a day meticulously researching the topic, something that the attack dogs have failed to do, aiming their comments solely at Sheen's personal life and ignoring his invitation to challenge him on the facts. In addition, from the very start we have put forth eminently credible individuals only for them to be ignored by the establishment media. Physics Professors, former White House advisors and CIA analysts, the father of Reaganomics, German Defense Ministers and Bush's former Secretary of the Treasury, have all gone public on 9/11 but have been uniformly ignored by the majority of the establishment press.... Bowman is currently running for Congress in Florida's 15th District. ==== This Land is Their Land, and We Are the Illegal Aliens by Paul K. Haeder “We are all illegal aliens.” It’s a bumper sticker many of us on the frontlines of the fight against the United States’ government’s assault on Central Americans plastered on our car bumpers down El Paso way. That was in the 1980s. You know, when Reagan was running amuck ordering his captains Ollie North, McFarland, Casper Weinberger, the whole lot of them, to send bombs, CIA-torture manuals and US agents in order to aid terrorist contras and other despotic sorts in killing hundreds of thousands of innocents in civil wars in Salvador and Guatemala and El Salvador. We worked with women and children who had witnessed fathers, uncles and husbands eviscerated by US-backed military monsters. Victims of torture, in Texas illegally. You know, what those brave Smith and Wesson-brandishing, chaise lounge Minutemen of today would call aliens. ...(full article ) Immigration: A Nation of Colonists and Race Laws by Juan Santos You hear it everywhere. Even from Congressman Jim Sensenbrenner, author of the vicious anti-migrant legislation that has polarized the US. “We are a nation of immigrants and a nation of laws,” he says. And like almost everyone else, he’s got it wrong. The original Europeans in what is now the US were not immigrants, but colonists. And the US is not a nation of immigrants -- it is a white colonial settler state, like South Africa under Apartheid, the former Rhodesia, Australia and Israel. Like those states the US has always operated on a sometimes hidden, sometimes overt system of Apartheid. Like those places, the US is a nation of colonists -- and race laws....(full article ) ==== note-liz: further exploration to distinguish genuine anti-imperialist allies from false friends & outright enemies - some voices from the liberal imperialist 'left' and from the imperialist 'right': first Paul Krugman lending validity to the old saw that if you scratch a liberal in tough times you get a fascist... Paul Krugman: North of the Border : I'm instinctively, emotionally pro-immigration. But a review of serious, nonpartisan research reveals some uncomfortable facts about the economics of modern immigration, and immigration from Mexico in particular. http://tinyurl.com/pmq83 ....... THE CRUISE MISSILE LEFT (Part 5): SAMANTHA POWER AND THE GENOCIDE GAMBIT Edward S. Herman Establishment politicians, media, and intellectuals use the word genocide with great abandon, but with a hugely politicized selectivity. It is an invidious word, like terrorism, so that attaching it to an enemy and target is helpful in demonizing, thereby setting up the target for bombing and invasion, and establishing a case for pursuit of its leaders via assassination squads or tribunals... it is a party line truth that only a U.S. target can commit “genocide” or even engage in “ethnic cleansing,” while the United States can commit blatant aggression with only slightly delayed UN accommodation, and it and its clients don’t aggress, ethnically cleanse, or commit genocide. This applies pretty much across the board.. The contrast between the treatment of Yugoslavia and Israel-Palestine is dramatic illustration of the double standard. For one thing, Israeli ethnic cleansing of Palestinians from the “promised land” has been going on for half a century, and it is clear that the steady expropriations, demolitions, and killings of the Palestinians is for the benefit of Jewish settlements, not for “security.” So this is as pure an illustration of ethnic cleansing as can be found on the face of the earth.. The cruise missile left adheres closely to the party line on genocide, which is why its members thrive in the New York Times and other establishment vehicles. This is true of Paul Berman, Michael Ignatieff and David Rieff, but I will focus here on Samantha Power, whose large volume on genocide, “A Problem From Hell”: America and the Age of Genocide won a Pulitzer prize, and who is currently the expert of choice on the subject in the mainstream media (and even [SIC] in The Nation and on the Bill Moyers show). Power never departs from the selectivity dictated by the establishment party line. That requires, first and foremost, simply ignoring cases of direct U.S. or U.S.-sponsored (or otherwise approved) genocide... For Power, the United States is the solution, not the problem. These conclusions and policy recommendations rest heavily on her spectacular bias in case selection: She simply bypasses those that are ideologically inconvenient, where the United States has arguably committed genocide (Vietnam, Cambodia 1969-75, Iraq 1991-2003), or has given genocidal processes positive support (Indonesia, West Papua, East Timor, Guatemala, Israel, and South Africa). Incorporating them into an analysis would lead to sharply different conclusions and policy agendas, such as calling upon the United States to simply stop doing it, or urging stronger global opposition to U.S. aggression and support of genocide, and proposing a much needed revolutionary change within the United States to remove the roots of its imperialistic and genocidal thrust. But the actual huge bias, nicely leavened by admissions of imperfections and need for improvement in U.S. policy, readily explains why Samantha Power is loved by the New York Times and won a Pulitzer prize for her masterpiece of evasion and apologetics for “our” genocides and call for a more aggressive pursuit of “theirs.” [...] ----- UGLY SELF-EXPOSURE beside the grotesque irony, it's a neat little summary of CP's liberal-capitalist politics that serve and ensnare, or perhaps more accurately, encourage the petit bourgeoisie's determination to save this murderous white supremacist system--and the class-race privilege it affords them-liz: Why There's No Strategy to End This War By ALEXANDER COCKBURN http://www.counterpunch.org/ ...As your CounterPunch editors pointed out last week, If it wasn't for Cindy Sheehan and Jack Murtha the antiwar movement in this country would have all but disappeared as a presence on the national political agenda, from the late summer of 2005 on... ...there'd been some grumbling from Democrats in the march at my attack on the ghastly performance of their party. They evidently felt that I should have held my tongue out of respect for unity that day. But how can one possibly avoid commenting on the elephant in the room, namely the fact that there is no credible opposition in Washington! The Democrats in Congress have caved on everything. They caved on the war, on immigration, on trade, on the Patriot Act, on the NSA eavesdropping program, on the bankruptcy laws, on Roberts and on Alito, and most recently on Feingold's motion of censure of Bush, a president who's using the Bill of Rights to clean up after his dog. That doesn't mean there aren't Democrats in every county (or at least those counties where the Democrats still exist) fighting the good fight... The national Democratic Party long since abandoned even the pretense that the quadrennial national party convention is there to formulate a party platform responsive to the demands and programs of the party's base membership. Any talk about resuscitating the Democratic Party has to address this issue.... ----- DEMOCRAT WOLVES IN "OPPOSITION" DRAG: UNITED IN GOALS, ONLY TACTICS DIFFERENT [barely] Hillary Outflanks Republicans on Iran--From the Right: Ms. Clinton lambasted the Bush administration – not for its threats against Iran, but for weakness. In particular, she hit the administration for going along with the European-led negotiations over Iran’s nuclear research, accusing Bush of “outsourcing” U.S. Iran policy. http://robertdreyfuss.com/blog/2006/01/hillary_outflanks_won_iranon_t.html ----- George Soros: "imperialist Wizard" “The billionaire trader has become eastern Europe’s uncrowned king and the prophet of “the open society”. But open to what?  by Neil Clark, New Statesman, June 2, 2003  A review by Karen Talbot George Soros, is known as a Hungarian émigré philanthropist, a proponent of human rights and the “open society,” and, just incidentally, a financier ---one of the richest men in the world.  Soros recently criticized George W. Bush saying in an articlein the Financial Times of London that his administration’s Iraq policies were “fundamentally wrong” and that they are premised on the “false ideology that U.S. might gave it the right to impose its will on the world.” Many of us in the peace movement would say: “he got that right!”  We might be inclined to praise him and to believe that this confirms  he really is a “do-gooder”—an image, by the way, that he carefully cultivates, especially through various NGOs. In fact, numerous non-profit organizations have received funds from his foundation because they have bought into that perception. But let’s take a closer look to see what is motivating Soros.  Neil Clark, writing in an incisive article in the New Statesman (June 2, 2003), points out that Soros “made billions out of the Eastern currency crash of 1997,” and that he was fined last year “for insider trading by a court in France.”  In fact currency speculation is his modus operandi and if this contradicts his pronouncements against “market fundamentalism” and in favor of “civil society, ” well, so be it.  In fact, Clark reported that when queried about the turmoil his speculation caused to Far Eastern economies in 1997, Soros replied: “As a market participant, I don’t need to be concerned with the consequences of my actions.” But all of this is just the tip of the iceberg. What of the NGOs Soros established and finances?  Who are the other leaders of these groups?    Clark informs us that at Human Rights Watch, for example, there is Morton Abramowitz, U.S. assistant secretary of state for intelligence and research from 1985-1989, and now a fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations; Warren Zimmerman former ambassador “whose spell in Yugoslavia coincided with the break up of that country”; and Paul Goble, director of communications “at the CIA-created Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (which Soros also funds).” According to Clark, Soros’ International Crisis Group “boasts such ‘independent’ luminaries as the former national security advisers Zbigniew Brzezinki and Richard Allen, as well as General Wesley Clark, once NATO supreme allied commander for Europe.  The group’s vice-chairman is the former congressman Stephen Solarz, once described as ‘the Israel lobby’s chief legislative tactician on Capitol Hill’ and a signatory, along with the likes of Richard Perle and Paul Wolfowitz, to a notorious letter to President Clinton in 1998 calling for a ‘comprehensive political and military strategy for bringing down Saddam and his regime’.”  So much for Soros’ opposition to Bush’s Iraq policies. There’s more!  Who are Soros’s business partners at the Carlyle Group---one of the world’s largest private equity funds, which makes most of its profit from defense contracts?  They   include the former secretary of state James Baker and Frank Carlucci, former defense secretary,  George Bush, Sr, and “until recently, the estranged relatives of Osama Bin Laden.”  Soros has invested more than $100 million in Carlyle, Clark tells us. He also points out that “Soros may not, as sometimes suggested, be a fully paid-up CIA agent.  But that his corporations and NGOS are closely wrapped up in U.S. expansionism cannot seriously be doubted.” This brings us back to the question; “why has Soros lambasted Bush?”  The answer lies in understanding that, more than ever, within the Wall Street power elite there may be differences in tactics but seldom are there significant differences in the end goal---opening the way for the maximization of corporate profits everywhere around the world.   Today, there is basically a oneness of purpose in promoting U.S. imperial dominance, and in the process, attempting to solve a deepening global economic crisis by controlling diminishing petroleum and energy resources. How does this play out where Soros is concerned?  As Clark points out, “Soros is angry not at Bush’s aims---ofexpanding Pax Americana and making the world safe for global capitalists like himself—but with the crass and blundering way Bush is going about it.  By making U.S. ambitions so clear, the Bush gang has committed the cardinal sin of giving the game away. For years, Soros and his NGOs have gone about their work extending the boundaries of the ‘free world’ so skillfully that hardly anyone noticed.  Now a Texan redneck and a gang of overzealous neo-cons have blown it” Soros’ way is to use a few billion dollars, some NGOs and a “nod and wink from the U.S. State department” to bring down foreign governments that are “bad for business” to seize a nation’s assets, and even get thanked for your ‘benevolence,’” according to Clark. This method has worked for Soros and his cohorts. Take the collapse of the Soviet Union, for example.  Clark points out that  “Soros’ role was crucial: “From 1979, he distributed $3 million a year to dissidents including Poland’s solidarity movement, Charter 77 in Czechoslovakia and Andrei Sakharov in the Soviet Union.  In 1984, he founded his first Open Society Institute in Hungary and pumped millions of dollars into opposition movements and independent media.  Ostensibly aimed at building up a ‘civil society”, these initiatives were designed to weaken the existing political structures and pave the way for eastern Europe’s eventual exploitation by global capital.  Soros now claims with characteristic immodesty, that he was responsible for the “Americanization” of eastern Europe.” More recently, there is the case of Yugoslavia.  As Clark puts it:  “The Yugoslavs remained stubbornly resistant and repeatedly returned Slobodan Milosevic’s reformed Socialist Party to government.  Soros was equal to the challenge.  From 1991, his Open Society Institute channeled more than $100 million to the coffers of the anti-Milosevic opposition, funding political parties, publishing houses and “independent” media such as Radio B92, the plucky little student radio station of western mythology, which was in reality bankrolled by one of the world’s richest men on behalf of the world’s most powerful nation.  With Slobo finally toppled in 2000 in a coup d’etat financed, planned and executed in Washington all that was left was to cart the ex Yugoslav leader to the Hague tribunal, co-financed by Soros along with other custodians of human rights, Time Warner Corporation and Disney.  He faced charges of crimes against humanity, war crimes and genocide, based in the main on the largely anecdotal evidence of (you guessed it) Human Rights Watch.” Clark points out that “since the fall of Milosevic, Serbia, under the auspices of Soros- backed “reformers”, has become less, not more, free.  The recently lifted state of emergency saw more than 4,000 people arrested, many of them without charge, political parties threatened with bans, and critical newspapers closed down” This has been so blatant that it was condemned by the UN Commission on Human Rights and the British Helsinki Group “Soros has made money in every country he has helped to prise ‘open’. In Kosovo, for example, he has invested $50 million in an attempt to gain control of the Trepca mine complex, where there are vast reserves of gold, silver, lead and other minerals estimated to be worth in the region of $5 billion.  He thus copied a pattern he has deployed to great effect over the whole of eastern Europe of advocating ‘shocking therapy’ and ‘economic reform’, then swooping in with his associate to buy valuable state assets at knock-down prices,” according to Clark.* In Hungary, Soros is the benefactor of the Free Democrats party  “which has pursued the classic Soros agenda of privatization and economic liberalization---leading to a widening gap between rich and poor,” says Clark. “The Soros strategy for extending Pax Americana differs from the Bush model, particularly in its subtlety.  But it is just as ambitious and just as deadly,” Clark concludes.  Of course, in the case of Yugoslavia, ultimately the Soros approach was not enough so the overwhelming might of the U.S. military was brought into play: For background information on the former Yugoslavia, see “The Real Reasons for the War in Yugoslavia: Backing up Globalization with Military Might,” by Karen Talbot, http://icpj.org/military_build.html ..... George Soros' NGOs http://www.mindfully.org/WTO/2003/George-Soros-Statesman2jun03.htm http://www.dogpile.com/info.dogpl/search/web/u.s.%2BNGOs%2Band%2Bgeorge%2Bsoros ----- [pro-Soros'/U.S. vast propaganda empire The Media Missionaries Copyright 2000-2005 by Ellen Hume. ...... US " HUMAN RIGHTS" NGOs: Freedom House is led by... Zbigniew Brzezinski, Richard Mellon Scaife, James Woolsey, Dan Quayle, Tony Lake and Jeanne Kirkpatrick. Both Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International are fronts for George Soros. The so-called Human Rights Watch is a pro-intervention group stocked with members of the Council on Foreign Relations and other elites. http://onlinejournal.com/blog/blogger.html_ ........ another pro-U.S. imperialist using the popular "it's all israel's fault" trick poses as progressive: Yellow Think Tanks and Yellow Journalism by Ahmed Amr http://www.dissidentvoice.org/Apr06/Amr07.htm http://www.nilemedia.com/ ...“neo-imperialists” are not interested in American Empire; they are motivated by an obsession to fulfill their Likudnik real estate fantasies. Their one item agenda is to create a Greater Israel -- not a Greater Middle East. If in the process, we end up with a lesser America, it will not disturb their sleep patterns. ...What the United States needs now is not an exit strategy but a comprehensive counterinsurgency strategy. The key elements of such a strategy are more supple military tactics, more money, and more allies. But that requires more troops, not fewer, and it means deploying them in ways that could raise the risk of U.S. casualties. The administration has rightly made the democratic transformation of the greater Middle East the grand American project of the 21st century. That job starts in Iraq. If we fail here, our hopes for liberalizing the region will be stillborn. ===== . FROM THE "HARD RIGHT": beyond being a sick fascist joke, the following reveals 'news' as propaganda and 'diplomacy' as code for spy: Result could spell end of US role in pushing for peace Richard Beeston, Diplomatic Editor [SIC] http://www.timesonline.co.uk/newspaper/0,,172-2109233,00.html THIRTY years of intense US-led diplomacy, aimed at finding a peaceful solution to the Arab-Israeli conflict, could draw to an end in the wake of yesterday’s Israeli elections and the confirmation of a new militant Palestinian government. ....... USING FACTS to BELIE THE TRUTH: OLD-SCHOOL AMERICAN CONSERVATIVE IMPERIALISM: note-liz: The following is an excellent example of true u.s. conservatism: it's stunning indictment of what it calls 'imperialism' is designed to disingenuously distinguish it from their beloved capitalism. Conservatism passionately embraces and serves capitalism. Conservatives, romanticizing a white supremacist fabrication of some 'pure' good of the old days of 'pure' capitalism, spoiled only by 'bad' leaders, not by the nature and functioning of capital as a social relation. This relation, the 'secret' source of capital's god, profit, extracted by the owners of capital from the labor power of the working class, the inherent contradiction between the exploiting class and the exploited, drives the political-economic system which produces the horrors that conservatives shed crocodile tears over . While individual conservatives may genuinely deplore the extremes of capitalism --which they exonerate by 'distinguishing' it from imperialism-- capitalist conservativism is unable to identify imperialism AS 'GLOBALIZED' capitalism-- which regardless of intention or electoral garb, will always and everywhere obey the fundamental 'law' of capital: expand or die. March 27, 2006 Issue Copyright © 2006 The American Conservative http://www.amconmag.com/2006/2006_03_27/print/reviewprint.html An Empire Built of Paper Empire of Debt: The Rise of an Epic Financial Crisis, William Bonner and Addison Wiggin, John Wiley & Sons, 370 pages by Llewellyn H. Rockwell Jr. Two hundred years ago, when the United States was a modest commercial republic, the president could take a walk down Pennsylvania Avenue—by himself—and talk to anyone who approached him. If he wasn’t on a walk outdoors, he was most likely at home, and you could speak to him by knocking on the door of the White House and presenting yourself. The Hamiltonians and their agenda of mercantilism, paper money, and presidential exaltation had been humiliated in the election of 1800. Jeffersonianism had prevailed against them. And though Jefferson made some missteps during his presidency—not even Jefferson could be fully trusted with power—the policy bias was clear: frugality, free trade, peace, hard money, and decentralized government. Today? The president moves about like Caesar Augustus, with a vast, graded court of civil and military aides, doctors, secretaries, valets, hairdressers, makeup artists, bodyguards, drivers, baggage handlers, cooks, food tasters, Praetorian guards, snipers, centurions, bulletproof limos, a portable hospital, and an armored rostrum. And that’s when he travels in the U.S. When Bush visited Ottawa, members of Parliament were refused entry into their own legislature by the massed power of the Secret Service, in violation of Canadian law. When Bush visited London, 5,000 additional police were assigned to protect him. Parks and streets and neighborhoods were closed. Riflemen thronged the roofs. The queen was horrified by the trashed condition of the grounds and great rooms of Buckingham Palace, but that meant nothing relative to the security of the emperor. He counts far more than any other human being on earth. So, of course, every event is staged to the extreme. The president is spoken to by no regular person. There are as many walls that separate us from him as between the supposed government of Iraq and its people or the old Soviet Politburo and the Russian people. These people live and breathe fear. The paranoia of the Bush circle has infected the whole regime. The entire government—elected officials, appointed staff, permanent bureaucracy—has shifted in the last decade from pretending to be the people’s servants to admitting that they regard the people as a threat. Thus do we see the stream of legislation permitting ever more powers to spy, confiscate, and jail without trial. Never has sociologist Franz Oppenheimer’s view of the state been more clearly on display: it is there to dominate, exploit, and protect itself against any challenges to its power. It clings to power like Gollum holding the ring. And that power is deployed not for the purpose of protecting people but for protecting the state and its interests. When Oppenheimer theorized in 1908 that this was the true nature of the state, he was shouted down and pilloried for denying the doctrine of government as a social compact. Now his claims read like a description of the day’s political news. Most Americans are aware that something has gone very wrong, but they are at a loss to sort of out the causes, especially the ones that are most invisible. This is where the smashing book by William Bonner and Addison Wiggin, titled Empire of Debt, performs an extraordinary service. In addition to being accomplished financial analysts, Bonner and Wiggin are talented historical writers. And they put this talent to work in the cause of examining the political and economic effects of empire. The authors not only provide a frightening picture of the mess that the U.S. government has made at home and abroad, they also understand the crucial role that the monetary regime has played in this debacle. They show how the legal right to counterfeit—that’s what the Federal Reserve grants the government—has changed the structure of the government and led to the loss of liberty and the rise of an imperial power unlike any in history. In the commercial republic of Jefferson, money was gold and silver. Government had no power to print currency. It was not even allowed to tax directly. What money it had came from tariff revenue, and pressure from exporters and importers kept it low. Even if Jefferson had wanted to establish a tyranny, there was no means to do so. If the wall of separation between money and the state was not as high as it might have been, there was still a barrier that put a curb on power-mongering. Today, however, all the money government could ever want is easily available via a monetary policy that depends critically on the capacity of the Fed to create currency out of thin air. The Fed’s printing presses back every debt note issued by the Fed, and the new currency is sopped up by foreign central banks and private holdings around the world, particularly among Asian nations. The dollar is, for now, the world reserve currency, which permits the U.S. to sustain a world empire without paying the price—again, for now. The critical turning point is one I remember well. Richard Nixon enacted, by imperial decree, a purely fiat dollar, repudiating solemn promises to redeem in gold. After that, with the printing presses running 24/7, the Pax Americana could be “financed.” To understand the connection requires that we understand two fields of study that are usually kept separate: foreign-policy analytics and monetary economics. It is in understanding this relationship that our authors excel. Alan Greenspan had pretended to be against it all, but given the chance for power, he happily repudiated his restrictionist gold-standard views and supplied the credit for the expensive wars, the expensive bread, and the expensive circuses that have wrecked empires from Rome to London. His successor promises even more of the same. With the end of the last remnants of the gold standard, “all the restraints, inhibitions, and modesty of the Old Republic [were] blown away,” note Bonner and Wiggin. “In their place has emerged a vainglorious system of conceit, deceit, debt, and delusion,” with special financial significance for the country and individuals. The authors note in passing that, for example, the U.S. military could be cut 75 percent and still give the government the biggest, most technologically advanced army in the world. While the loss of gold money was a turning point, the imperial urge has much deeper roots. It all started, say the authors, when the balmy Teddy Roosevelt began riding rough over small, poor nations. They might have gone back further in time. Robert E. Lee, writing Lord Acton, feared that the federal victory over the South would mean despotism at home and empire abroad. It wasn’t too many years later when the religious maniac McKinley launched an attack on Spain, seizing colonies in grand fashion and murdering any natives who objected. Or we might even look back further. The hardcore might even see the United States’ imperial career beginning with its conquest and colonization of northern Mexico. Maybe its roots are in the Colonial era with New England’s religio-cultural drive to improve and perfect the world through coercion and belligerence. Regardless of the roots, the modern history is undeniably disgraceful. In the midst of my favorite chapter, “Woodrow Crosses the Rubicon,” the authors pause to repudiate the great killer-presidents and to praise instead men like Warren G. Harding. He was pro-peace, and he pardoned the antiwar hero Eugene Debs, who had been jailed and his health destroyed by Wilson for criticizing conscription. Further, they note that there is no Harding Law, no Harding Building in D.C., no war he started, and no government program he launched. “Remember,” Wilson had proclaimed, “that God ordained that I should be the next president of the United States.” How many Americans know that Wilson invaded Mexico before Europe, raising the federal war banner over Veracruz, and set off a reign of terror at home in which Germans, or those thought to be German, were lynched and those who dissented from his national socialism were jailed? Wilson also established the Federal Reserve, the income-tax police, and the direct election of senators. The latter wiped out an original buttress to states’ rights and led to more and more centralization, as senators saw themselves as representatives of D.C. to their states rather than of the state legislatures to the central government. Frank Chodorov called it “The Revolution of 1913.” The Federal Reserve’s monetary manipulations to finance World War I, and then the boom of the 1920s, led to the Great Depression and then the Roosevelt revolution towards massive statism. After it and Trumanism and Modern Republicanism, Americans live, said John T. Flynn, “in the war-torn, debt-ridden, tax-harried wreckage of a once imposing edifice of the free society which rose out of the American Revolution on the foundation of the U.S. Constitution.” The impulse to empire helps make sense out of our huge deficits and debts or such costly and obvious blunders as the invasion of Iraq or the war on terror. It is as if America were committing suicide, our authors say, first by bankrupting the economy and then by creating endless enemies all over the world. With this comes a belligerent and blind nationalism that has affected the whole culture in one degree or another. But then, in an empire, the people must become “hollow dummies,” said Orwell. They must believe they are superior to others, and have a right to tell others what to do. Americans seem to go beyond even this. They believe that other countries actually want to be invaded and occupied and shaped into mini-Americas by the United States. All we have to do is “get their dictators off their backs, and the men will start building shopping malls and the women dressing like Britney Spears.” Did the Swiss puzzle and plot over what kind of government the Iraqis should have? Did they set out to make the rest of the world more like Switzerland and think that other peoples secretly yearned to be Swiss themselves? No, these are imperial inanities. Paying tribute to As We Go Marching, John T. Flynn’s great analysis of New Deal fascism, our authors understand the glorification of militarism and war that lies at the heart of right-wing statism. As Flynn quoted an Italian fascist, today’s red-state fascists also see the mass death and destruction of war as “the great anvil of fire and blood on which strong peoples are hammered.” Once upon a time France had a great empire. Frenchmen thought they had the best language, the best culture, the best government, the best economy, the best schools, the best builders, the best army. And it was their duty to civilize the globe. Now, after French imperial bankruptcy and the destruction of the franc, we have the mission civilisatrice to spread freedom and democracy. Or so the president informs us. But then, no one’s business is too small or too remote to be of no interest to the U.S. state. From its globe-girdling military bases and its world-circling spy satellites, the U.S. watches everything, everywhere, always. Not a sparrow falls without “triggering a monitoring device in the Pentagon.” Yet citizens of the empire exult, just as in Rome: The average American reacted just as the average Roman had reacted. When the purple was hoisted, he stood up and saluted. It made him feel like a big shot. If Americans were bossing people around in Asia or the Middle East, it made him feel more important. His homeland team was winning all over the world. And if it did not always seem to be on the winning side, he knew he must support his troops and stand behind their commander-in-chief. No one wants to carp and criticize when soldiers take the field. It is unpatriotic. So, keep the soldiers in the field all the time. American business is still heroically capitalistic, entrepreneurs brilliant and brave at creatively serving the needs of the people, though hogtied by the vastest government in history. On top of that, every aspect of the economy is distorted by the expansionary policies of the Federal Reserve, resulting—in just one instance—in a huge housing bubble. Thanks to the incentives created by the welfare state and the Fed, Americans tend to consume more than they earn. Stocks today trade for about 20 times earnings, whereas the norm is 12-15 times. House prices usually increase at the rate of inflation, not 10 times as fast. A global power monopoly is also abnormal. At some point, all the myths cherished by the imperial people, say our authors, must go to “humbug heaven.” After all, the long-term mean value of paper currency is zero. Is the dollar magic, so that it is permanently immune from the norm? For the last 100 years, it has lost value more quickly than the Roman denarius after Nero. No surprise, since it is much easier to create unlimited numbers of dollars than to mint coins with at least some silver or gold in them. On the other hand, by the time of the last emperor, the denarius—which started as pure silver—had .02 percent precious metal content. That is, the denarius had lost, over hundreds of years, 99.98 percent of its value. Since the founding of the Fed in 1913, the dollar has lost 95 percent. Something else that will revert to the norm: wages. There is no inherent reason that a plumber with a U.S. flag pin should earn more than one with a crescent moon. In India, real incomes have doubled in the last 10 years. In the U.S. they have been stagnant or worse. The inequitable draining of the world’s resources into America, made possible by the military empire and its financial structure since Bretton Woods, is also coming to an end. The authors call themselves conservatives, but they quote Confessions of an Economic Hitman approvingly and see through the Cold War humbug about the Communist Conspiracy, the terrorism of the previous scam. Nor do they fall for the mythology that surrounds the big-spender Reagan nor celebrate the murderous Vietnam War, with 57,000 dead Americans and between 2 and 3 million dead Vietnamese. Those names aren’t on a wall, of course. The book is chock-full of great monetary and financial charts, though my favorite is a list of all the known empires and their duration. Not that they believe that charts tell the future. Indeed, our authors are contrarians. When most people, they think, are convinced that stocks will never go up, chances are they will. When most people think stocks can never fall, chances are they will. If most people couldn’t be brought to the view that houses will never decline in value, a rip-roaring housing bubble would be impossible. Since the days of the Great Khan, and the barbaric clarity of his claim that the gods had given him the earth and everyone and everything in it, empires have resorted to rosier delusions, if no less fatal to victims—and sometimes citizens—than the Khan model. From the Romans to the Fourth Crusade (and their Venetian and French aggressors) to Genghis Khan to the Spaniards and Napoleon and the British, Bonner and Wiggin teach us the lessons of empire, with learning, wisdom, and irony. “A great empire,” they note,” is to the world of geopolitics what a great bubble is to the world of economics. It’s attractive at the outset but a catastrophe eventually. We know of no exceptions.” Llewellyn H. Rockwell Jr. is founder and president of the Ludwig von Mises Institute and editor of LewRockwell.com. March 27, 2006 Issue ..... The Window of Controlled Chaos Slams Shut [author Steven Johnson and his project are solidly pro-imperialist-- the voice of the enemy-liz] Back in 2004, I wrote a brief on how the US, unable to contain the growth of Iraq's open source insurgency, was planning to use loyalist paramilitaries (the Latin American solution) to contain it (this is analysis I repeated a year later in the New York Times ): The establishment of... loyalist paramilitaries in Iraq would quickly put the insurgency on the defensive. Over the next year, their activities will likely result in a level of "controlled chaos" sufficient to allow the US to withdraw its forces. Additionally, these militias could operate while the government maintains a fig leaf of democracy. This is exactly what happened. However, I ended the brief with this caveat on the consequences of this choice: [...] ==== Dear George... Have I Told You How Much I Appreciate You? by Zbignew Zingh Dear George... Have I Told You How Much I Appreciate You? by Zbignew Zingh http://www.dissidentvoice.org/Mar06/Zingh31.htm March 31, 2006 Dear George, I hope you don't mind if I address you familiarly, Mr. President? It seems like you've been on my mind so much these past many years that I can speak to you like an old buddy. I want you to know, George, that despite all the derogatory things that I've said and published about you on the Web, I really, really do appreciate what you've done for me. So, I'd like to express my sincere thanks to you, publicly, just this once. Of course, just because I appreciate what you've done for me, please do not misunderstand me. You're still an ignoramus, a liar and a thug. But I do appreciate you. When you first were “elected” in 2000, George... well, at that time, I still thought that you were, more or less, elected... I thought of myself as a proud and politically “liberal” citizen. You know who I mean, George. I was one of those gullible, Panglossian types who got my news from the television, and who thought that the United States was the champion of democracy that could do no wrong. My glass was always half full and never half empty. I used to vote for the Democratic lesser-of-two-evils and I really thought that the Two Parties were totally different. Yes, I admit that I wore rose-colored American glasses, George; but I've grown up since then. I've gotten wiser and I've educated myself better. You know, once I was blind and now I can see, and all that. I owe it all to you, George. You have been the impulse behind my improved vision, my educational betterment. You see, unlike your predecessors -- Republican and Democratic presidents alike -- you have absolutely no skill whatsoever concealing in silken gloves the tightly clenched iron fists of greed and power. True, your predecessors hammered their victims as viciously and as you do, but they succeeded in covering their actions with a veneer of righteousness that, in those naïve days, caused me to accept the veneer as reality. Your naked power plays, by contrast, are so crass, so blatant, so transparent that you have completely shattered any illusion that what America does is for the good of its citizens and the good of the world. In short, George, you've opened my eyes, not just to your transgressions and those of your associates, but to all that preceded you, too. You see, unlike Mr. Clinton, who, at least, purported to feel our pain while he caused so much of it, you just inflict pain without any empathy at all. It really looks like you enjoy inflicting pain and killing people and punishing anyone who crosses you. You seem to have that natural Machiavellian knack, even though you probably have never read, nor could you comprehend, the words of Machiavelli's book. And unlike your predecessors who lied so effectively while they led us into one imperial war after another, you lie very, very unskillfully. It is as though you and your associates know that you no longer need to feign any conviction or consistency in your lies; instead, you rely on the fact that most Americans simply cannot accept, simply refuse to accept the truth about what you have done and what you are doing. The effect has been jarring, George. So jarring that you have caused me to go back and reexamine my own gullibility, my own innocence, my own mental construct of my old liberal American world. Your insensitive, heavy handed style of governance, so much like that of a Mafia don, or the tinhorn despots you are allied with, has startled me into looking more closely at how someone like you could come to power in these United States. And once I started looking more closely, George, I continued digging, searching, analyzing. Then I fell through the looking glass and tumbled deep into the wonderland of our political and economic history. George, I frankly needed more time, more space, better sources of information, so all-consuming was the quest for truth that you launched me on. So I disconnected my television (no great loss there, I assure you!), changed my old habits and amusements, and poured my energy into study and examination of what had gone wrong for someone like you to be holding the reins of government. Thanks to you George, I also had to get beyond all those tired old media -- the New York Times, the Washington Post, the weekly news magazines, the Rupert Murdoch news holdings, the ClearChannel radio stations, the whole raft of corporate media that seem to be your cheerleaders. You also caused me to reexamine my old perceptions of the so-called “Democrats” and the “public” radio and television stations because they, too, had more and more often fallen in line with the corporate Weltanschauung that you embody. Thanks to you, George, I have finally learned what I should have learned long ago: you can't trust the Pentagon, the CIA, the FBI, any large corporation and anyone in the administration. If the Federal Reserve Board says its Black, it's probably White. If the Pentagon says its Hot, then it's probably Cold. If the CIA says its False, then it's probably True. If Wall Street says Buy, then you should Sell. If the DOJ says it's Constitutional, then it most likely is Not Constitutional. I'm on a journey now, George, and I have you to thank for pushing me off on it. You gave me a big shove into unknown waters when you said that I'm either with you or I'm against you. You shoved me off because I am most definitely not with you. I admit that it's a little scary because I'm not certain where it all leads, George. I am certain, however, that it leads far away from the illusory world of faux democracy, deceptocracy, secret government, torture, lawlessness, economic and political degeneracy that you epitomize. I think, George, that quite frankly you scare a lot of people. No, I'm not talking about little people like me. I think you scare the bejeezers out the mucky-mucks who own and run you, the people who bankrolled your career and who pull your puppet strings. You frighten them because they must recognize how effective you have been in startling whole masses of people like me, in the U.S. and elsewhere, into undertaking similar journeys. In short, you, George, have the capacity to single-handedly rip the veil off the 200-plus year illusion of American exceptionalism, economic aggression and exclusionary politics that has sustained our national ego for all this time. You, George, seem to have the innate ability to disillusion oh so many millions of people with our hollow economic, political and social orders so that, more than any progressive, more than any liberal, more than any revolutionary, you could actually kick out the psychic props that hold up the whole rotten edifice. Thus are you most frightening to those who desperately want to paint the smiley face back on capitalism, who want to re-clothe the iron military fist in silken gloves of “diplomacy” and who want to restore the myth that America is somehow better than everyone else. You, George, have not even bothered with the niceties of gloving your bloody hands in silk. You have not trifled with the diplomacy of manners or the perfume of noble causes. Yours is the face of raw, naked power. You have dropped the mask, George, and the face you show us is not the one that our Owners and Leaders want us to see. Equally frightening to the Leaders and Owners and String-Pullers of our world is how effectively you have discredited most of the major institutions they rely on to command respect and obedience from all of us. By packing the Courts with right wing radicals you have denigrated the judiciary. By cozying up with fanatical religious bigots, you have undermined the respectability of the religion you profess. By claiming the power to eavesdrop, kidnap, torture, incarcerate and wage war, literally at will, you have debased the presidency and proved the need for a weaker, a more constrained Executive Branch of Government. By manipulating world financial institutions, discarding treaties willy-nilly, and force-feeding your authoritarian brand of top-down “democracy” down the throats of the unwilling, you have caused disrepute for everything that you tout. Of course, I completely understand, George, that America is not better, or worse, than any other nation on earth. Given the same degree of power and opportunity, every civilization, every ethnicity, culture, religion, empire or nation has done, or would do the same. There is no more criminality, no more avarice, greed or corruption in our body politic or among our people -- nor any more “goodness”, charity, benevolence, wisdom, insight or piety either -- than in any other place on the face of the earth. What distinguishes the U.S. from everyone everywhere else is the current balance of political, economic and military power. We have it; others don't. But the mere recognition that we are fundamentally no different than anyone else threatens the mythology that has stoked our hallucination for many decades. What you have therefore caused me to understand, George, is that even impeaching you is not sufficient. Replacing you with a prettier face or a nicer president or a Democratic Congress is not enough. Nostalgia for a better time is not enough. George, what you have taught me is that there really is nothing to be nostalgic for. That doesn't mean that we shouldn't cherry-pick the best from whatever any culture or economic or political theory can offer. It simply means that we have to look forward to creating new and better systems, rather than just dumping your kind and returning to a mistaken nostalgia for a past that never was. This is a troubling understanding, but thanks to you, George, many people now think that way. By the way, George, particularly as to you, I have a theory, why your poll numbers have plummeted. Please don't take this as a personal attack, because I really am grateful to you. You see, it's really not what you do that alienates even your erstwhile supporters, but how you do it. Surely, in the past, many American presidents and politicians and businessmen have instigated unjust wars and wreaked havoc among the downtrodden in order to line their own pockets and protect their real constituents' economic interests. Many Americans could tolerate the injustice of what was done in their names because these past acts were often deftly carried out and the protocols of social illusion were respected. Moreover, many Americans perceived that they benefited from these injustices, albeit indirectly, and, in some instances, they even shared the biases that blessed the travesties that were committed. But you're something special, George. You're inept. A bungler. An incompetent. You have no finesse. Indeed, throughout history, many have shown themselves quite willing to accept the evils dished out by their leaders. But incompetence -- whoa Bessie! -- that is the one unforgivable sin. For many of your own disappointed supporters, including the country's legitimately worried power elite, you should be impeached for your bungling and ineptitude, if not for the actual deeds that you have done. America hates a loser, George, and you're a loser. As for me, personally, I'd like you to stay on in office, George. I don't want you to be impeached. I would like it if you fulfilled the remaining three agonizingly long years of your presidency (if only we could keep your twitchy fingers off the nuclear button and prevent you from attacking anyone else). A few more years of you -- should the world survive them -- and some of the critically important lessons for change might actually take root. For you have become such a wonderful enzyme, such a potent catalyst for our collective political and economic education, that were you out of office and some pretty-faced, old style, more adroit political deceiver in charge, then we might all start to slip back into our dreamland; we might all backslide into complacency, slip back into the hallucination and politically degenerate state of our pre-Bush years. So be assured, George: I, we, indeed the whole world appreciates what you are doing for us. You are still an ignoramus, a liar and a thug, but we appreciate you. Zbignew Zingh can be reached at: Zbig@ersarts.com. This Article is CopyLeft, and free to distribute, reprint, repost, sing at a recital, spray paint, scribble in a toilet stall, etc. to your heart’s content, with proper author citation. Find out more about Copyleft and read other great articles at: www.ersarts.com. copyleft 2006 ==== EFFector Vol. 19, No. 13 April 7, 2006 editor@eff.org A Publication of the Electronic Frontier Foundation ISSN 1062-9424 In the 374th Issue of EFFector: * EFF Files Evidence to Stop AT&T's Dragnet Surveillance * Bogus Clear Channel Patent May Be Revoked * EFF Challenges Dangerous Patent on Internet Test-Taking * Citizens Lobby Congress for Reliable Electronic Voting * Smithsonian-Showtime: Why the Broadcasting Treaty Matters * Copyright v. Indexing, Part 1: TorrentSpy * You're Invited! "Email -- Should the Sender Pay?": EFF Fundraiser, Debate Between Esther Dyson and Danny O'Brien * EFF PSAs for Your Podcast or Online Radio Show * miniLinks (12): MAFIAA * Administrivia For more information on EFF activities & alerts:

Thursday, April 06, 2006

IMPERIALIST WHITE SUPREMACY WILL NOT CONQUER THE WORLD.

IMPERIALIST WHITE SUPREMACY AT WORK TO CONQUER THE WORLD... "...The world is presently at a new historical point: The wealthy few... are at war against Humanity in general and against the poor in particular. Worst of all, there are every day, new revelations of the most dreadful crimes committed by the US military in foreign countries. How can any American citizen tolerate to be governed by such monsters is beyond me: SHAME ON AMERICA, MAY GOD DESTROY THE EVIL EMPIRE BEFORE IT DESTROYS THE WORLD! SHAME ON THE ORDINARY AMERICAN WHO REMAIN PASSIVE AND PREFER TO WATCH THE EVIL TELEVISION AND READ THE DIABOLICAL NEWSPAPERS. We call it war... but they call it DEPOPULATION. Their argument is that there are far too many people in the world, so why not eliminate the poor, the weak, the infirm who eat some of the food primarily intended for the plutocracy. If we compare this with the situation of 2000 years ago, we can see: thanks to the combination "greed-selfishness-indifference", the plutocracy has become more barbaric and predator-like than at any time in human history. The plutocrats are criminals, no doubt about that, yet their punishment so far: NONE! Why this? Because the way the plutocrats understand "Crime and Punishment" is this way: WE commit the crimes and YOU get the punishment. If we do some searching and avoid watching and reading the so-called "whorish", lying, deceiving TV and newspapers, we cannot fail to discover that every United States president in history has been criminally involved, and this in both peace time and war time affairs. At first, the naive fools might think they all deserved to be hanged in front of the White House. Now as a start, let's take the case of a country, like for instance the United States of America, the land where non-existant "freedom and democracy" were invented. So, for having invented a non-existant "freedom & democracy" (pure genius I must admit) ...... WHAT SHOULD THE PUNISHMENT OF THE UNITED STATES BE? FOR THE CRIMES OF: 1. having murdered millions of people in all parts of the world, 2. murdering hundreds of thousands of second class Americans, 3. having destroyed the USSR and many other countries, 4. the repeated genocide called "freedom and democracy", 5. presently occupying militarily over one hundred countries, 6. repeated and continued racism and especially anti-Blacks activity, 7. operating secret prisons in all parts of the world, 8. sending their own citizens to those secret prisons, 9. torturing men, women and children of all countries, 10. nominating insane presidents who are drugged and/or drunk as a skunk, 11. subverting and corrupting people everywhere, 12. organising terrorist acts in all parts of the world including America, 13. organising so-called "CIA torture flights", 14. murdering dozens of untamed journalists EACH YEAR, 15. stealing all the wealth from weaker, defenseless countries, 16. causing the death of coloured people by starvation and thirst, 17. promoting total and general ignorance, 18. brainwashing 300 million Americans to total peabrained stupidity, 19. misleading billions of earthlings, 20. lying non-stop about everything and anything, And for the endless list of other crimes..." Jacques Hardy 172- (8q1) HTML - CRIME & PUNISHMENT- 20060403-0330 (+) -- jacques.hardy@sympatico.ca [thanks to Gamila Zahran for sending this] ==== U.S. IMPERIALISM'S BARBARIC ATTEMPTS TO DESTROY NATIONS, PEOPLES and CULTURES that RESIST ITS WHITE SUPREMACIST DOMINATION WILL BE DEFEATED -liz US soldiers murder another academic Truth About Iraqis Last Thursday, March 30, 2006, American occupation soldiers shot dead 72 years old Professor Qais Husameldeen Juma'a as he left the Agriculture College of the University of Baghdad and had just passed their check point. He had returned from Australia to supervise a few PhD students at the College.(...) I have repeatedly asked "How many Iraqi scientists have been killed in the past few years? ... How many poets and artists have been killed? How many forward-thinking women?" "... To ensure that Iraqi education never, ever be able to mass produce scientists who can so much as make ammonia in a lab. To ensure that no Iraqi innovators emerge, no Iraqi thinkers, poets, philosophers, economists." This is the rub, ladies and gentlemen. To destroy Iraq for generations and years to come, first by sanctions, then by military invasion and the use of bought-and-paid-for-CIA-trained so-called Islamic terrorists, and then finally by ensuring a restrictive, oppressive, backward, turban-hugging order of perverse clerics rule for good. Your tax dollars at work. Be proud... ==== AZTLAN RISING "Because even though we survived through the struggle that made us We still look at ourselves through the eyes of people that hate us" Immortal Technique Immigration: A Nation of Colonists - and Race Laws By Juan Santos http://aztlanrising.com/cms/content/view/680/105/ You hear it everywhere. Even from Congressman Jim Sensenbrenner, author of the vicious anti-migrant legislation that has polarized the US. "We are a nation of immigrants and a nation of laws," he says. And like almost everyone else, he's got it wrong. The original Europeans in what is now the US were not immigrants, but colonists. And the US is not a nation of immigrants - it is a white colonial settler state, like South Africa under Apartheid, the former Rhodesia, Australia and Israel. And like those states the US has always operated on a sometimes hidden, sometimes overt system of Apartheid. Like those places, the US is a nation of colonists - and race laws. It is a place where white colonists arrived, seized the land, and dispossessed, exterminated or attempted to exclude the original "non-white" peoples - all of them. They did so at the point of a gun - by open terror and genocide, which was the precursor and the necessary pre-condition of European "immigration." And, of course, they didn't only use guns and overt terror. Where "necessary," they operated by "law." Let me prove the point. It's simple. We all know the facts. In the US, Native Americans were dispossessed, subjected to mass murder, and locked on separate, Apartheid-style "reservations." So it stands today. Africans were enslaved, and once "freed," they were subjected first to Jim Crow, then, when that proved no longer advisable, Jim Crow was transformed into the mass terror of mass incarceration and permanent Apartheid-style ghetto-ization. So it stands today. The Indian nation of Mexico was conquered in a racist war of aggression by the US in 1848. The only debate in the days of "Manifest Destiny" was not whether to seize Mexican / Indian land, only how much of it to seize, and what to do to keep the Mexicans out of what had been stolen. Two choices were before them. These were the terms of the debate: take the whole nation and lock the people on reservations, or take as much land - with as few Mexicans - as possible. Thus the border was established through a race war, through brute and overtly racist violence. The border is an Apartheid Wall. So it stands today. The Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882 was the first significant law restricting immigration into the United States. The Act claimed that "the coming of Chinese laborers to this country endangers the good order of certain localities within the territory" of the US - the same racist rhetoric used today against other Brown people. Like HR4377, the current notorious immigration bill, the Chinese Exclusion Act made it illegal for "any Chinese laborer to come, or. to remain within the United States." So it stands today. Only the immediate target of the law has changed. Every group the US has sought to eliminate or exclude has been a people of color. The logic is simple. Allow entry or citizenship for those who can be "assimilated" into the colonists' culture - those who can become loyal colonists themselves - and exclude the "Other" - those who are the targets of colonialism - those whose land, cultures, bodies and souls must be sacrificed for the colonists to remain dominant and for their system to function. Immigration law has always been race law in the US. As far back as 1790 the Federal government ruled that the right to become a naturalized citizen was reserved to "free white persons." So it remained until 1952. Until then the Supreme Court repeatedly determined exactly which migrants might be considered "free" and "white," as applicants of various ethnic backgrounds sought to become citizens. Today, "The Nation of Immigrants" theme is struck to avoid the historical and cultural truth. Europeans - who could be assimilated to colonial culture - were allowed entrance en masse. But there was a "stark division," as Haney Lopez reminds us, based on skin color. "This stark division necessarily also carried important connotations regarding, for example, agency, moral authority, intelligence, and belonging," he writes. "To be unfit for naturalization--that is, to be non-White--implied a certain degeneracy of intellect, morals, self-restraint, and political values; to be suited for citizenship--to be White--suggested moral maturity, self assurance, personal independence, and political sophistication." In other words, those "unfit" for citizenship were the colonized. The description Lopez offers for the "unfit" matches precisely the characteristics ascribed to colonized peoples by European imperialists and settlers for hundreds of years. It also matches the racist stereotypes offered today of immigrants from areas south of the US border with Mexico, who Congressman Sensenbrenner has referred to as degenerate "alien gang members terrorizing communities." But the racial subtext around immigration is not a subtext. It is the text itself. Before Europe could "immigrate," someone else had to be removed. Before there was land to settle it must be stolen. Before anyone could be "free and white" someone else had to be "non-white" - and enslaved. Before "Americans" could become "Americans," "Latin Americans" - who are overwhelmingly Original Americans - had to become something else - "Latinos," "Hispanic," the not-Native - the Alien. The Illegal Alien. In a stunning bit of triple think the Natives, who knew no borders, became "Aliens," while Europeans became "Americans," and "Americans" became "Natives," while the Original Americans became "foreign" infiltrators and lawbreakers bent on who-knows-what brand of "terrorism" against "innocent" colonists, or if you prefer, "Americans." Or "Settlers." Or is it "Afrikaaners." Take your pick. The Six Nations Confederation - the Iroquois, or Hau De No Sau Nee - wrote in their classic Basic Call to Consciousness that colonialism means "to be controlled from afar," that "colonialism is the process by which we are systematically confused," and that confusion is "an agent of control." Like this. "We are a nation of immigrants, and laws." But sometimes someone slips, forgets the double talk, and makes the agenda clear. They don't mean for us to overhear, but they can't help themselves. In his mercilessly racist article Are We Really a Nation of Immigrants?, Lawrence Auster slips. He writes, ".throughout its history the United States has been a member of Western civilization-in religion overwhelmingly Christian. in race. overwhelmingly white, in language English. Why shouldn't those little historical facts be at least as important in determining our immigration policy as the pseudo-fact that we're all 'descended from immigrants?'" (FrontPagemagazine.com). Auster, and David Horowitz' Front Page Magazine, want one thing; they know what it is, and they're willing to tell you. They want a white nation. They slipped. The many who write diatribes and hate mail on the theme of "What part of ILLEGAL don't you UNDERSTAND?!" also slip. We understand "illegal" perfectly well. Conquest of territory in wars of aggression is illegal under international law. The US occupation of most Native land and all of the occupied sections of Mexico is illegal. The presence of the conquering people, the usurpation of the land itself is illegal. The colonists themselves are illegal aliens. But, for the Right, it's not really about some imaginary adherence to a just, neutral system of "law." It's about race law and white privilege. And race law, codified on paper or not, is deeply codified in white people's expectations about their place in society, and some of them are getting dangerously edgy about having "their" land - their turf - stepped on by Brown people. On the web site of the anti-Mexican hate group Save Our State, a correspondent calling themselves "USA Today" writes: "To be honest we are heading for a Balkinization and a racial cleansing "I know its not politicly correct to say so but I think lots of folks see it coming and I'll bet the vast majority of Americans would have no problem with genocide as a last resort to save this country , Usually when you back somebody into a corner they will defend themselves by any means ........get it ? "Does this sound like something you would hear the nazis say? sure it is but I spend lots of time scanning the forums and blogs and its coming from normal , everyday people that are just about fed up with the whole mess. "I know a large number of Germans didn't agree with hitler but they didn't exactly act against him either. "Just keep pushing and pretty soon you'll find the American people in a corner. "On that day, Beware." People who think like this are the social, cultural and political base of politicians like Jim Sensenbrenner. They are classic colonists, with the colonizer's outlook. For them, mere "immigration" is impossible. Their "forefathers" conquered the land, so those coming here must be out to "re-conquer" the land - to take it back from them. These are the true inheritors of the American Dream, a dream which, for the colonized, has been nothing but a nightmare. They intend to defend that nightmare - no matter what it takes. That's what "immigration reform" and "immigration control" are really all about. Colonialism. And the race laws that defend it. [for much more see: http://aztlanrising.com/cms/content/view/680/105/] ...... The Ghost of George Wallace: Immigration and White Racism by Juan Santos Wednesday, Mar. 29, 2006 at 3:25 PM "...When the late Alabama Governor George Wallace - surrounded by armed guards - stood on the steps of the University of Alabama to prevent a young Black woman from entering the University of Alabama, he declared, "Segregation today, segregation tomorrow, segregation forever!” He also inspired a man who would later stand at the US / Mexican border, armed to the teeth, to prevent other brown skinned people from entering someplace he didn’t want to them to enter - the United States. A year ago Jim Gilchrist brought the mainstream media to a frenzy as they reported on his Minuteman Project, a group of racist vigilantes who’d traveled to the border – guns in hand – to stop the immigrant “invasion” and the “re-conquest,” they said, of the US Southwest by Mexicans...... Like Wallace with the Dixiecrats of his day, Gilchrist has plenty of allies in Congress – chief among them Colorado Representative Tom Tancredo, best known for advocating that the US “take out” the Muslim holy city of Mecca with a nuclear weapon.... The Congressman is consistent. After taking out Mecca, it would seem, Tancredo holds that undocumented immigrants "need to be found before it is too late. They're coming here to kill you, and you, and me, and my grandchildren." The Minutemen love Rep. Tancredo, and they do not leave the man to suffer alone in his profound paranoia. Minutemen co-leader Chris Simcox would have us believe that "…we need the National Guard to clean out all our cities and round them [migrants] up. They are hard-core criminals. They have no problem slitting your throat and taking your money or selling drugs to your kids or raping your daughters and they are evil people." The temptation, of course, is to dismiss these people as mere crackpots. The problem with that analysis however, is clear. These people have power. They’ve dominated and defined the debate on immigration for the past year – at least until this past weekend, when well over a million – even two million people - marched in opposition to their xenophobic and persecutorial dementia..... The corporate media, informed time and again of Nazi, white nationalist and militia connections to the anti-migrant movement, has continued to paint the anti-migrants as part of a mainstream. Gilchrist himself has claimed he has “240 million” supporters, despite the fact that the anti-immigrant movement as a whole could field only 700 activists for its “National Day of Protest” this year. They were outnumbered 10 to 1 wherever they turned across the country. Even so, Tancredo, Sensenbrenner and the extreme, racist, right wing elements they represent were on the verge of a major legislative victory. They were so close they could taste it. Until Saturday. Until La Gran Marcha in Los Angeles. Then their dominance cracked. They were on the verge of a walled off country. On the verge of migrants hunted down, rounded up by La Migra and the police – of brown skinned people disappearing in the streets and penned in concentration camps they call “detention centers.” They were on the verge of passing a cruel law that would make all migrants without papers felons and make all Brown people suspects in a hostile nation. They were on the verge of a new ethnic cleansing of America. And even though the mass protests of recent days have deeply shaken them, they still might win....Gilchrist, of course, is promising his followers “absolute” victory. He says the things more seasoned power brokers won’t say. Although they’re on the same side, he says the Sensenbrenner bill doesn’t go far enough. He wants a wall from sea to sea. He wants the National Guard at the border. He called the families who marched together “throngs of illegal alien bullies” and dubbed the mass demonstrations for basic human rights a “classic insurrection.” He pledges to stand, “stoically unmoved” - one might imagine like George Wallace on the steps of the university, facing down a lone young African woman, armed thugs in tow. The future will be decided in the days to come. As senators debate their take on migrants, they will continue to put their fingers to the wind, to see just how far they can go without profoundly alienating their middle class allies and without provoking rebellion from below.... http://la.indymedia.org/news/2006/03/152202.php ==== KNOW YOUR REAL ENEMY... IMMIGRATION & AMERICA'S BAD KARMA by Margaret Kimberley BC Editor and Senior Commentator http://www.blackcommentator.com/178/178_freedom_rider_immigration.html Lou Dobbs, Bill O'Reilly and other cable television blowhards have appointed themselves crusaders against illegal immigration to the United States. If tempted to succumb to their awful siren song, just think of the Wampanoag Indians. In 1621 the Wampanoags watched as the Pilgrims landed at what is now known as Plymouth Rock. You know the rest of the story. The Indians were killed by warfare and disease. Treaties were broken and land was stolen. The horrific scenario played out across the rest of the nation for almost 300 years. The Iroquois, Seminoles, Choctaws, Lakotas, and Apaches all got the same treatment. You reap what you sow. What goes around comes around. Payback is a bitch. All of those colorful expressions are apropos when the issue of immigration arises and especially when Dobbs, O'Reilly, and Congressional Neanderthals foam at the mouth. The British, the French, the Spanish and the Dutch didn't get green cards when they showed up on Indian lands. O'Reilly's and Dobbs' ancestors didn't either. This nation was built by people who took what they wanted, land that belonged to someone else. The people who followed them accepted the terms of the original deal with the devil. Before complaining about immigrants, compare yourself to a Wampanoag. Are Mexicans giving you small pox? Are they attacking your neighborhood and slitting your throat? Have they claimed your town as a colony for Mexico? Present day Americans are getting a much better deal from newcomers than the original Americans ever had. Speaking of Mexico, a good chunk of the United States west of the Mississippi originally was part of Mexico. From 1846 to 1848 the United States government made its awful vision of Manifest Destiny a reality when it fought a war to steal half of Mexico's territory. Present day Texas, California, Utah, Nevada, parts of Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado and Wyoming were all Mexican territory. New immigrants from Mexico to the American west are just going back to their old neighborhood. What goes around does quite literally come around. Of course, Mexico was Indian territory stolen originally by the Spanish. So much bad karma, so little time. America cannot have an honest discussion about immigration without revisiting its sordid past. Indians must be laughing as the descendants of their oppressors stay in a snit because newcomers arrive without permission. Like the Indians, African Americans have a singular experience and therefore a unique view on immigration. Poor, uneducated immigrants compete most directly with low wage Americans for jobs. In the 18th and early 19th centuries, European immigrants were directly recruited to take jobs that could have easily been given to black Americans. That history and our perpetually precarious economic condition create a justifiable wariness. Yet the answer to black Americans economic oppression is not to join with the likes of right wing Republicans. [editor's note: OR with the equally imperialist & complicit democrats] These hypocrites act only to improve the economic well being of the haves and the have mores. If they truly cared about the American worker they wouldn't cut taxes for the wealthy, try to end Social Security, and create a Medicare drug plan that is nothing but a windfall for pharmaceutical companies. Instead of whining that some illegal immigrants use Medicaid, they should advocate for national health insurance. If Americans had this and other benefits that citizens of the rest of the world have, resentment against immigrants would diminish. Are immigrant day laborers in Home Depot parking lots causing the worst problems for American workers? The wholesale disappearance of high paying blue collar jobs is the real problem. Images of Mexicans sneaking across the border make for a great distraction when the plight of union workers at Delphi and GM ought to be addressed. Once again the supposedly generous nation brings out the worst in its citizens because it isn't generous at all. Americans live a dog eat dog existence, watching as corporate interests plot to destroy what little is left of the safety net. Because there is never a serious discussion about the economic system in this country, phony debates are deliberately created to keep the public from thinking about the issues that really cause their problems. Of course, racism is at the heart of the anti-immigrant backlash and will be at the heart of any so-called solutions. Republican Congressperson Dana Rohrabacher (CA) had an answer to the argument that immigrants take jobs that Americans won't: "We do not need more people from foreign countries coming in and taking American jobs - even jobs in the fields. I say, let prisoners pick the fruits. [Emphasis added] Let's not bid down the wages of American workers." America has a greater percentage of its population under lock and key than any other country on earth. Now we have a new justification for mass incarceration. Prisoners can be used for free labor. The bad karma list is already too long... . Think about how life for American working people could be improved if cynical politicians weren't indulging in cheap theatrics. Then imagine being a Wampanoag in the 17th century. Margaret Kimberley's Freedom Rider column appears weekly in BC. Ms. Kimberley is a freelance writer living in New York City. She can be reached via e-Mail at margaret.kimberley@blackcommentator.com. ==== U.S.IMPERIALISM AROUND THE GLOBE: HOW LONG WILL WE PERMIT IT TO DESTROY IN OUR NAME? US blueprint for 125 nuclear bombs a year for "rebuilding" the US's "decrepit nuclear weapons" complex, including a large-scale bomb manufacturing facility --[ expanding u.s. 'preventive' nuclear first strike capabilities-liz] http://tinyurl.com/lvdgr ...... toward the u.s./israeli genocidal "final solution": Economic and financial siege leading toward famine : A major leader in the Hamas party, Adnan Asfour, is expressing grave concern against the consequences of the economic and financial siege imposed imposed on the Palestinian people, which will cause the internal situation to explode. http://www.pnn.ps/english/archive2006/apr/week1/060406/report5.htm Isreali gunboats stop Palestinians from fishing as a communal punishment or "to prevent attacks" http://www.timesonline.co.uk/article/0,,251-2120608,00.html Film crew 'begged Israeli soldiers to save colleague' : A television producer has told an inquest into the death of a British cameraman killed in Gaza how he begged the Israeli soldiers who shot his colleague to help save his life. http://news.independent.co.uk/uk/legal/article355599.ece An award-winning British cameraman shot dead in Gaza by an Israeli soldier was murdered, a London inquest has found. http://tinyurl.com/psx7g "Palestinian Child Day 2006": 400 in Israeli prisons, 740 killed by Israeli forces, tens of thousands injured as Israel is how International Treaty on Children is 'honored' by imperialists/zionists http://tinyurl.com/m2wwk === Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez spoke to Newsnight about his country's oil reserves. Mr Chavez was bullish over Venezuela's Opec standing and US policies in Latin America. Greg Palast reports from Caracas. http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12635.htm Venezuela in Washington’s Sights : In the face of the left-oriented shift of Latin America’s politics, the Bush administration seems to be determined to block the re-election of the Bolivarian president. It looks like the design of the FTAA, the dream of the White House, will only be a reality over the ashes of a Bolivarian counter-model that they need to destroy. http://www.voltairenet.org/article136545.html Chinese influence in Brazil worries US; Alarm bells ring in the US at China's rising credibility in the developing world as a model for ending poverty. http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12631.htm [note-liz: according to PNAC, now NSS of US, the american imperialists will tolerate no serious political, economic, military competion--or even 'equivalency'] ==== What can the UN do to protect the 24 million internally displaced persons around the world? http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/hardtalk/4879228.stm [note-liz: since imperialism is the root cause of global crises and since tthe UN is a US tool, obviously nothing--and all so-called 'aid' will only expand and intensify imerialist dependency and domination which 'underdevelop' , i.e. destroy, oppressed nations in the interests of u.s. empire] === Ghosts of indonesia won't lie John Pilger New Statesman East Timor's history is repeating itself as Jakarta colludes with the west to crush another resource-rich land: West Papua. The world is watching as Australia decides the fate of 43 West Papuans seeking asylum. By John Pilger In 1993, I and four others travelled clandestinely across East Timor to gather evidence of the genocide committed by the Indonesian dictatorship. Such was the depth of silence about this tiny country that the only map I could find before I set out was one with blank spaces stamped "Relief Data Incomplete". Yet few places had been as defiled and abused by murderous forces. Not even Pol Pot had succeeded in despatching, proportionally, as many people as the Indonesian tyrant Suharto had done in collusion with the "international community". In East Timor, I found a country littered with graves, their black crosses crowding the eye: crosses on peaks, crosses in tiers on the hillsides, crosses beside the road. They announced the murder of entire communities, from babies to the elderly. In 2000, when the East Timorese, displaying a collective act of courage with few historical parallels, finally won their freedom, the United Nations set up a truth commission; on 24 January, its 2,500 pages were published. I have never read anything like it. Using mostly official documents, it recounts in painful detail the entire disgrace of East Timor's blood sacrifice. It says that 180,000 East Timorese were killed by Indonesian troops or died from enforced starvation. It describes the "primary roles" in this carnage of the governments of the United States, Britain and Australia. America's "political and military support were fundamental" in crimes that ranged from "mass executions to forced resettlements, sexual and other horrific forms of torture as well as abuse against children". Britain, a co-conspirator in the invasion, was the main arms supplier. If you want to see through the smokescreen currently around Iraq, and understand true terrorism, read this document. As I read it, my mind went back to the letters Foreign Office officials wrote to concerned members of the public and MPs following the showing of my film Death of a Nation. Knowing the truth, they denied that British-supplied Hawk jets were blowing straw-roofed villages to bits and that British-supplied Heckler & Koch machine-guns were finishing off the occupants. They even lied about the scale of suffering. And it is all happening again, wrapped in the same silence and with the "international community" playing the same part as backer and beneficiary of the crushing of a defenceless people. Indonesia's brutal occupation of West Papua, a vast, resource-rich province - stolen from its people, like East Timor - is one of the great secrets of our time. Recently, the Australian minister of "communications", Senator Helen Coonan, failed to place it on the map of her own region, as if it did not exist. An estimated 100,000 Papuans, or 10 per cent of the population, have been killed by the Indonesian military. This is a fraction of the true figure, according to refugees. In January, 43 West Papuans reached Australia's north coast after a hazardous six-week jour- ney in a dugout. They had no food, and had dribbled their last fresh water into their children's mouths. "We knew," said Herman Wainggai, the leader, "that if the Indonesian military had caught us, most of us would have died. They treat West Papuans like animals. They kill us like animals. They have created militias and jihadis to do just that. It is the same as East Timor." For over a year, an estimated 6,000 people have been hiding in dense jungle after their villages and crops were destroyed by Indonesian special forces. Raising the West Papuan flag is "treason". Two men are serving 15- and ten-year sentences for merely trying. Following an attack on one village, a man was presented as an "example" and petrol poured over him and his hair set alight. When the Netherlands gave Indonesia its independence in 1949, it argued that West Papua was a separate geographic and ethnic entity with a distinctive national character. A report published last November by the Institute of Netherlands History in The Hague revealed that the Dutch had secretly recognised the "unmistakable beginning of the formation of a Papuan state", but were bullied by the administration of John F Kennedy to accept "temporary" Indonesian control over what a White House adviser called "a few thousand miles of cannibal land". The West Papuans were stitched up. The Dutch, Americans, British and Australians backed an "Act of Free Choice" ostensibly run by the UN. The movements of a UN monitoring team of 25 were restricted by the Indonesian military and they were denied interpreters. In 1969, out of a population of 800,000, some 1,000 West Papuans "voted". All were selected by the Indonesians. At gunpoint, they "agreed" to remain under the rule of General Suharto - who had seized power in 1965 in what the CIA later described as "one of the worst mass murders of the late 20th century". In 1981, the Tribunal on Human Rights in West Papua, held in exile, heard from Eliezer Bonay, Indonesia's first governor of the province, that approximately 30,000 West Papuans had been murdered during 1963-69. Little of this was reported in the west. The silence of the "international community" is explained by the fabulous wealth of West Papua. In November 1967, soon after Suharto had consolidated his seizure of power, the Time-Life Corporation sponsored an extraordinary conference in Geneva. The participants included the most powerful capitalists in the world, led by the banker David Rockefeller. Sitting opposite them were Suharto's men, known as the "Berkeley mafia", as several had enjoyed US government scholarships to the University of California at Berkeley. Over three days, the Indonesian economy was carved up, sector by sector. An American and European consortium was handed West Papua's nickel; American, Japanese and French companies got its forests. However, the prize - the world's largest gold reserve and third-largest copper deposit, literally a mountain of copper and gold - went to the US mining giant Freeport-McMoran. On the board is Henry Kissinger, who, as US secretary of state, gave the "green light" to Suharto to invade East Timor, says the Dutch report. Freeport is today probably the biggest single source of revenue for the Indonesian regime: the company is said to have handed Jakarta $33bn between 1992 and 2004. Little of this has reached the people of West Papua. Last December, 55 people reportedly starved to death in the district of Yahukimo. The Jakarta Post noted the "horrible irony" of hunger in such an "immensely rich" province. According to the World Bank, "38 per cent of Papua's population is living in poverty, more than double the national average". The Freeport mines are guarded by Indonesia's special forces, who are among the world's most seasoned terrorists, as their documented crimes in East Timor demonstrate. Known as Kopassus, they have been armed by the British and trained by the Australians. Last December, the Howard government in Canberra announced that it would resume "co-operation" with Kopassus at the Australian SAS base near Perth. In an inversion of the truth, the then Australian defence minister, Senator Robert Hill, described Kopassus as having "the most effective capability to respond to a counter-hijack or hostage recovery threat". The files of human-rights organisations overflow with evidence of Kopassus's terrorism. On 6 July 1998, on the West Papuan island of Biak, just north of Australia, special forces massacred more than 100 people, most of them women. However, the Indonesian military has not been able to crush the popular Free Papua Movement (OPM). Since 1965, almost alone, the OPM has reminded the Indonesians, often audaciously, that they are invaders. In the past two months, the resistance has caused the Indonesians to rush more troops to West Papua. Two British-supplied Tactica armoured personnel carriers fitted with water cannon have arrived from Jakarta. These were first delivered during the late Robin Cook's "ethical dimension" in foreign policy. Hawk fighter-bombers, made by BAE Systems, have been used against West Papuan villages. The fate of the 43 asylum-seekers in Australia is precarious. In contravention of international law, the Howard government has moved them from the mainland to Christmas Island, which is part of an Australian "exclusion zone" for refugees. We should watch carefully what happens to these people. If the history of human rights is not the history of great power's impunity, the UN must return to West Papua, as it did finally to East Timor. Or do we always have to wait for the crosses to multiply? For information on how to help visit [http://www.freewestpapua.org] ==== Silence in class Gary Younge, The Guardian http://www.uruknet.info/?p=m22242&hd=0&size=1&l=x A student at Overland high school in Aurora, Colorado, protests at the suspension of a teacher, Jay Bennish, for not being "objective". Photograph: AP University professors denounced for anti-Americanism; schoolteachers suspended for their politics; students encouraged to report on their tutors. Are US campuses in the grip of a witch-hunt of progressives, or is academic life just too liberal? Tuesday April 4, 2006 After the screenwriter Walter Bernstein was placed on the blacklist during the McCarthyite era he said his life "seemed to move in ever-decreasing circles". "Few of my friends dropped away but the list of acquaintances diminished," he wrote in Inside Out, a memoir of the blacklist. "I appeared contaminated and they did not want to risk infection. They avoided me, not calling as they had in the past, not responding to my calls, being nervously distant if we met in public places." As chair of African American studies in Yale, Paul Gilroy had a similar experience recently after he spoke at a university-sponsored teach-in on the Iraq war. "I think the morality of cluster bombs, of uranium-tipped bombs, [of] daisy cutters are shaped by an imperial double standard that values American lives more," he said. "[The war seems motivated by] a desire to enact revenge for the attacks on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon ... [It's important] to speculate about the relation between this war and the geopolitical interests of Israel." "I thought I was being extremely mealy-mouthed, but I was accused of advocating conspiracy theories," says Gilroy, who is now the Anthony Giddens professor of Social Theory at the London School of Economics. Scot Silverstein, who was once on the faculty at Yale, saw a piece in the student paper about Gilroy's contribution. He wrote to the Wall Street Journal comparing Gilroy to Hitler and claiming his words illustrated the "moral psychosis and perhaps psychological sadism that appears to have infected leftist academia". The Journal published the letter. Gilroy found himself posted on Discoverthenetworks.org, a website dedicated to exposing radical professors. The principle accusation was that he "believes the US fabricated the threat posed by Saddam Hussein". Then the emails started coming to him and his colleagues, denouncing him. "Only one person said anything," says Gilroy. "Otherwise, nobody looked me in the eye. There was something about the way it never came up that made me realise how nervous and apprehensive they were." Few would argue there are direct parallels between the current assaults on liberals in academe and McCarthyism. Unlike the McCarthy era, most threats to academic freedom - real or perceived - do not, yet, involve the state. Nor are they buttressed by widespread popular support, as anticommunism was during the 50s. But in other ways, argues Ellen Schrecker, author of Many Are the Crimes - McCarthyism in America, comparisons are apt. "In some respects it's more dangerous," she says. "McCarthyism dealt mainly with off-campus political activities. Now they focus on what is going on in the classroom. It's very dangerous because it's reaching into the core academic functions of the university, particularly in Middle-Eastern studies." Either way, a growing number of apparently isolated incidents suggests a mood which is, if nothing else, determined, relentless and aimed openly at progressives in academe. Earlier this year, Fox news commentator Sean Hannity urged students to record "leftwing propaganda" by professors so he could broadcast it on his show. On the web there is Campus Watch, "monitoring Middle East studies on campus"; Edwatch, "Education for a free nation"; and Parents Against Bad Books in School. In mid January, the Bruin Alumni association offered students $100 to tape leftwing professors at the University of California Los Angeles. The association effectively had one dedicated member, 24-year-old Republican Andrew Jones. It also had one dedicated aim: "Exposing UCLA's most radical professors" who "[proselytise] their extreme views in the classroom". Shortly after the $100 offer was made, Jones mounted a website, uclaprofs.com, which compiled the Dirty 30 - a hit list of those he considered the most egregious, leftwing offenders. Top of the list was Peter McLaren, a professor at the UCLA's graduate school of education. Jones branded McLaren a "monster". "Everything that flows from Peter McLaren's mouth and pen is deeply, inextricably radical," wrote Jones. "In keeping with the left's identity politics he has been a friend to the gay community." McLaren was shocked. "I was away when the story broke and when I came back there were 87 messages waiting for me. I was surprised a list like that could be created in these times. I thought, 'Wow, somebody's out there reading my work fairly carefully.'" The main impact, he says, was to try to insulate those close to him from the fallout. "I had to take down lots of things from my website - family pictures and contacts with other people. I didn't want other people to pay the price." Also among the Dirty 30 was history professor Ellen DuBois. She was described as, "in every way the modern female academic: militant, impatient, accusatory and radical - very radical". DuBois told the Los Angeles Times, "This is a totally abhorrent invitation to students to participate in a witch hunt against their professors." McLaren, who describes himself as a marxist-humanist, agrees. He believes the list was a McCarthyite attack on academe, with the aim of softening up public hostility for a more propitious moment: "This is a low-intensity campaign that can be ratcheted up at a time of crisis. When there is another crisis in this country and this country is in an ontological hysteria, an administration could use that to up the ante. I think it represents a tendency towards fascism." Six weeks after Jones released his list, two Los Angeles county sheriffs arrived unannounced at Professor Miguel Tinker-Salas's office at Pomona College and started asking questions. Tinker-Salas, a Latin American history professor, was born in Venezuela and is a vocal critic of US policy in the region. The sheriffs, part of a federal anti-terrorism task force, told him that he was not the subject of an investigation. Then, for the next 25 minutes they quizzed him on whether he had been influenced in any way by or had contact with the Venezuelan government, on the leadership within the local Venezuelan community, the consulate and the embassy. Then they questioned his students about the content of his classes, examined the cartoons on his door. "They cast the Venezuelan community as a threat," says Tinker-Salas. "I think they were fishing to see if I had any information they could use." Pomona's president, David Oxtoby, says he was "extremely concerned about the chilling effect this kind of intrusive government interest could have on free scholarly and political discourse." Last year, some students at the Department of Middle Eastern and Asian Languages and Cultures at Columbia University ran a campaign against alleged anti-Israeli bias among professors, criticising the university as a place where pro-Israeli students were intimidated and faculty members were prejudiced. A faculty committee appointed by Columbia concluded that there had been no serious misconduct. These issues are not confined to university campuses: it is also happening in schools. Since February, the normally sleepy, wealthy district of Upper St Clair in Pennsylvania has been riven with arguments over its curriculum after the local school board banned the International Baccalaureate (IB), the global educational programme, for being an "un-American" marxist and anti-Christian. During their election campaign, the Republicans of Upper St Clair referred to the IB, which is offered in 122 countries and whose student intake has risen by 73% worldwide in the past five years, as though it was part of an international communist conspiracy, suspicious of a curriculum that had been "developed in a foreign country" (Switzerland). "Our country was founded on Judeo-Christian values and we have to be careful about what values our children are taught," said one Republican board member. Similar campaigns have also sprung up recently at school boards in Minnesota and Virginia. Meanwhile, in January in Aurora, Colorado, social studies teacher Jay Bennish answered questions in his world geography class about President George Bush's speech from his students at Overland High School. Caricaturing Bush's speech, Bennish said, "'It's our duty as Americans to use the military to go out into the world and make the world like us.'" He then continued: "Sounds a lot like the things Adolf Hitler used to say: 'We're the only ones who are right, everyone else is backwards and it's our job to conquer the world and make sure they all live just like we want them to.' Now I'm not saying that Bush and Hitler are exactly the same. Obviously they're not, OK? But there are some eerie similarities to the tones they use." Unbeknown to him, one 16-year-old student, Sean Allen, recorded part of the class on his MP3 player. When his Republican father heard it he was so incensed that he shopped it around to local conservative radio stations, where it finally found a home with radio talk-show host Mike Rosen. Later in Bennish's class, the teacher had told his students, "I am not in any way implying that you should agree with me. I don't even know if I'm necessarily taking a position. But what I'm trying to get you to do is to think, all right, about these issues more in depth, and not just take things from the surface. And I'm glad you asked all your questions because they're all very good, legitimate questions." Rosen only played the first part of the tape on his programme. He also put it on the internet. The next day, the Cherry Creek school district suspended Bennish, arguing that he had at least breached a policy requiring teachers to be "as objective as possible and to present fairly the several sides of an issue" when dealing with religious, political, economic or social issues. The suspension sparked rival demonstrations at school. Hundreds of students staged a walkout, a few wearing duct tape over their mouths while some chanted, "Freedom of speech, let him teach." A smaller demonstration was staged against Bennish, with students writing "Teach don't preach" on their shirts. But it has primarily been universities that have been on the frontline. And on the other side of the trenches has been the rightwing firebrand David Horowitz. Horowitz, who had Jones on his payroll but fired him after the taping controversy, was raised by communist parents and was himself a marxist as a teenager. He is involved with Campus Watch, Jihad Watch, Professors Watch and Media Watch; he was also connected to discoverthenetworks.org, which targeted Gilroy. A few years ago he founded a group, Students for Academic Freedom, which boasts chapters promoting his agenda on more than 150 campuses. The movement monitors slights or insults that students say they have suffered and provides an online complaint form. Students are advised to write down "the date, class and name of the professor", get witnesses, "accumulate a list of incidents or quotes", and lodge a complaint. Over the past three years Horowitz has led the call for an academic bill of rights in several states. The bills would allow students to opt out of any part of a course they felt was "personally offensive" and force American universities to adopt quotas for conservative professors as well as monitor the political inclinations of their staff. The bill has been debated in 23 states, including six this year. In July, Pennsylvania approved legislation calling on 14 state-affiliated colleges to free their campuses from the "imposition of ideological orthodoxy". Meanwhile, House Republicans have included a provision in the Higher Education Act which calls on publicly funded colleges to ensure a diversity of ideas in class - code for countering the alleged liberal bias in classrooms. "The aim of the movement isn't really to achieve legislation," says Horowitz. "It's supposed to act as a cattle prod, to make legislators and universities aware. The ratio of leftwing professors in Berkeley and Stanford is seven to one and nine to one. You can't get hired if you're a conservative in American universities." Reliable empirical, as opposed to anecdotal, evidence to back up Horowitz's claim of political imbalance is patchy but rarely contested. The most detailed study, conducted by California economist Daniel Klein and Swedish scientist Charlotta Stern, did reveal a significant Democratic bias which varied depending on the course they taught. It showed that 30 times as many anthropologists and sociologists voted Democrat as Republican, while for those teaching economics the ration plummeted to three to one. But these results gave only a partial account of campus life. Limiting their research to the social sciences and the humanities excluded a substantial portion of the university experience. According to the Princeton Review, four of the top 10 most popular subjects - business administration and management, biology, nursing and computer science - are not in the social sciences or humanities. Republicans are probably more inclined to find a home in some of these disciplines. In any case, most academics do not deny that there is a progressive, liberal bias in academe. "Of course," says Todd Gitlin, a professor of journalism and sociology at the Columbia School of Journalism. "There's a lot of conservatives in oil. But there aren't a lot of conservatives planning on studying sociology." And while liberals may be more numerous, argues Schrecker, a professor of history at Yeshiva University in New York, that does not necessarily mean they are more powerful. "Progressive academe is like the ninth ward of New Orleans before the levees break - neither secure nor particularly safe. It's one of the few areas left with some kind of progressive culture." That, rather than protection of free expression on campus, is precisely why it remains a target for the right, they say. In February, Horowitz published a book, The Professors: the 101 Most Dangerous Academics in America, in which he lists, in alphabetical order, the radical academics whom he believes are polluting academe with leftwing propaganda. "Coming to a campus near you: terrorists, racists, and communists - you know them as The Professors," reads the blurb on the jacket. "Today's radical academics aren't the exception - they're legion. And far from being harmless, they spew violent anti-Americanism, preach anti-semitism and cheer on the killing of American soldiers and civilians - all the while collecting tax dollars and tuition fees to indoctrinate our children." The book is a sloppy series of character assassinations, relying more heavily on insinuation, inference, suggestion and association than it does on fact. Take Todd Gitlin, a journalism and sociology professor at Columbia University. Gitlin was the leader of Students for Democratic Society, a radical anti-war movement in the 60s. Today, his politics could be described as mainstream liberal. He supported the war in Afghanistan but not in Iraq and hung out the Stars and Stripes after the terrorist attacks on September 11. He has recently written a book, The Intellectuals and the Flag, calling for progressives to embrace a patriotic culture that distinguishes between allegiance to one's country, which he supports, and loyalty to one's government, which he does not. None the less, Horowitz slams him for participating in an anti-war teach-in in March 2003 at which his colleague Nicholas de Genova called for "a million Mogadishus" to be visited on American soldiers in Iraq - referring to the murder of US military in Somalia. But Gitlin has never met or spoken to Genova and was not participating in the teach-in when Genova spoke. Horowitz also slates Gitlin for "immersing students in the obscurantist texts of leftists icons like Jürgen Habermas", but omits to mention that Gitlin also teaches from the works of Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes, Locke, Burke, Adam Smith and the gospels. "Horowitz's idea of research is cherry-picking," says Gitlin. "And he can't even be trusted to find cherries. He comes up with bitter prunes." Victor Navasky, the Delacorte professor of journalism at Columbia University, is also on Horowitz's hit list. Navasky, publisher emeritus of the leftwing magazine The Nation and chairman of the Columbia Journalism Review, is accused of "bankrolling" the review and denounced for organising lectures by "prominent leftists" such as Michael Tomasky of American Prospect and Hendrik Hertzberg of the New Yorker. Navasky points out that he has also hosted a lecture by Fox news anchor Bill O'Reilly and the editor of the rightwing Weekly Standard at Columbia, and that the only cheque he ever sent the Review was one he returned after the magazine paid him for an article. "Were it not for all the inaccuracies I would say that I would be flattered to be on the list, but I don't think I earned it," says Navasky. "I don't think anyone seriously considers me a clear and present danger to the republic." Horowitz accuses those who accuse him of McCarthyism of being McCarthyites themselves. "All they do is tar and feather me with slanders," he says. "It's the politics of Stalinism." Evidence to back up his central argument - that these political leanings are at all related to a teacher's ability to be fair, balanced or competent in class - are non-existent. Most of the criticisms of lecturers on both the Dirty 30 list and in Horowitz's book are levelled at comments professors have made outside the classroom and rarely do they provide any evidence of the accused actually criticising or ridiculing students with rightwing ideas. Nobody denies that bad leftwing lecturers exist. As Russell Jacoby argued in The Nation, "Higher education in America is a vast enterprise boasting roughly a million professors. A certain portion of these teachers are incompetents and frauds; some are rabid patriots and fundamentalists - and some are ham-fisted leftists. All should be upbraided if they violate scholarly or teaching norms. At the same time, a certain portion of the 15 million students they teach are fanatics and crusaders." It is not their work as professors Horowitz does not like; it is the ideologies they espouse, whether in or outside the classroom. Political assaults on intellectuals are not new. Nor are they specific to the US. At the dawn of western civilisation, Socrates was executed for filling "young people's heads with the wrong ideas". Mao targeted professors for particular humiliation during the cultural revolution. Mark Smith, the director of government relations for the professor's union, the American Association of University Professors, says that these broadsides vary according to the political climate. Shortly after world war one, the litmus test was those who opposed America's participation in the war or backed the fledgling Russian revolution; during the 50s, it was communists; during the 80s, it was leftwing professors in Latin American studies departments. During the early 90s, Lynne Cheney, the wife of the current vice-president, was chair of the National Endowment for the Humanities, when she lead the bureaucratic charge against "political correctness". In many humanities faculties, she claimed, the common thinking is that "there is no truth. Everything we think is true is shaped by political interests ... Since there is no truth ... faculty members are perfectly justified in using the classroom to advance political agendas." "These things go in cycles," says Smith. "Horowitz did not invent this. He's capitalising on an ongoing anti-intellectualism and fear of the other." Many believe that this current cycle has intensified as a result of the official response to 9/11. Two months after the terrorist attacks, the conservative American Council of Trustees and Alumni (ACTA), founded by Lynne Cheney in 1995, branded colleges and universities the "weak link in America's response" to the terrorist attacks and called on lecturers and professors to defend western civilisation. In a report entitled Defending Civilization: how our universities are failing America and what can be done about it, ACTA president Jerry Martin and vice-president Anne D Neal, wrote: "While faculty should be passionately defended in their right to academic freedom, that does not exempt them from criticism. The fact is: academe is the only section of American society that is distinctly divided in its response to the attacks on America." Regardless of their accuracy, integrity and provenance, some believe that these assaults do have an effect. "There is a cunning behind the battyness," says Gitlin. "It's not just the self-aggrandisement. It's an assault on one of the few social enclaves that the right doesn't control. There is a scattershot bellicosity whether the fortunes of the political right are up or down. They find it useful for fundraising if nothing else." Others argue that while the individual accounts are troubling, their ultimate effect on academe can be exaggerated. The response to the recent article in the London Review of Books by two prominent American professors arguing that the pro-Israel lobby exerts a dominant and damaging influence on US foreign policy may be a case in point. Stephen Walt and John Mearsheimer have been accused of being anti-semites and bigots, prompting accusations of a McCarthyite witch-hunt. Shortly after publication, it was announced that one of the authors, Walt, was stepping down from his job as academic dean at Harvard's Kennedy School of Government and the school removed the piece from the front page of its website. But the Kennedy School and Walt's colleagues said that the move had long been planned. Meanwhile, the school explained the website change thus: "The only purpose of that removal was to end public confusion; it was not intended, contrary to some interpretations, to send any signal that the school was also 'distancing' itself from one of its senior professors." "The University of Chicago and Harvard University have behaved admirably in difficult circumstances. We have had the full support of our respective institutions," Mearsheimer said. So all that is left are the accusations which, given the nature of the original article, not even the authors say surprised them. People have a right to be offended. It is when that offence is either based on flawed information or mobilised into an institutional or legislative clampdown that accusations of a witch-hunt truly come into play. "Clearly these things are disturbing," says Jon Wiener, professor of history at UCLA. "But I don't think they are happening because students are demanding it. The Bruin Alumni Association [turned out] to be one ambitious, well-funded guy. There are some frightening moments, but then things seem to return to normal." "It's not even clear this is much other than the ill-considered action of a handful, if that, of individuals," says DuBois. But however many people are involved, the attacks do make a difference, claims Gilroy. "Of course it has an effect," he says. "There's a pre-written script you have to follow and if you chose not to follow it, then there are consequences, so you become very self-conscious about what you say. To call it self-censorship is much too crude. But everybody is looking over their shoulder". The incoming address of this article is : www.guardian.co.uk/usa/story/0,,1746227,00.html ==== Happy 4th Birthday BlackCommentator.com! Thoughts on BC's 4th. Anniversary: Drawing 'Bright Lines' for the Future by Glen Ford, Co-Publisher and Executive Editor Although we would like to throw ourselves a party on this, the week of our fourth anniversary, we at Black Commentator view the occasion as a time for introspection and evaluation. That's what true political people do.... The Black Commentator came to an important conclusion: What is most critical to Black America, is that bright political lines be drawn, based on the historical Black consensus on the issues of peace, social and economic justice, human equality, and the right of all peoples to self-determination. No more personality politics. No more celebrity worship. No more deference to the rich among us, most of whom don't give a damn about the rest of us. The bright lines concept is like a kind of etiquette. You can't have a civil and productive conversation if the people at the table don't know the rules. The rules for African Americans have been traced in centuries of blood: You don't collaborate with the enemy; you don't sell your people, as you were once sold; you don't tolerate wars of aggression, as we were warred upon and enslaved; you don't sacrifice a single human right, for any payment or advantage whatsoever; and you never, never debase the dignity of any other group of human beings. That is the standard by which we must judge all public policies, legislation and political behavior - bright lines of morality and justice. In this righteous process, we all become informed and conscientious judges of one another - which is as it should be. For Radio BC, I'm Glen Ford. Listen Now: Windows Media Format or MP3 Format Radio BC Master Page ------ BRUCE'S BEAT [excerpts] http://www.blackcommentator.com/178/178_bruces_beat.html When a movie wins the academy award for "best picture" that's big stuff, big business and big culture. In BC's case, it was big enough to follow Derik Smith's March 16 Guest Commentary, "Investigating the Crash Scene" with a March 23 ThinkPiece, by Robert Jensen and Robert Wosnitzer, "Crash and the Self-Indulgence of White America." The movie's publicists and many critics have advanced the claim that "Crash" tells us something about race "as it's lived in America" that we knew all the time, but have not dared acknowledge. The trouble is, what "Crash" tells us isn't true, and excuses white privilege and white supremacy. Joseph Anderson of Berkeley CA wrote us this note, to pass on to the authors: Dear Professors Jensen & Wosnitzer, It is amazing, though understandable how white people want to avoid racism and white-supremacy as a system of power. Racism is not merely just a matter of individual personal sentiment that "we all have." That position helps whites to evade moral responsibility to eliminate a structure that they happily, if unfairly, benefit from. It's probably beyond any white American movie-makers to involve the questions of class and white privilege analysis in a movie. Yet, so many people just "loved" this movie. Culture is the lens through which humans view each other and the world. Expecting corporate culture to challenge, or even to illuminate corporate rule is really asking quite a lot. Sometimes rogue elements of authentically empowering culture do slip through the corporate filters. That, Chuck D explained in a recent interview with Free Mix Radio's Dr. Jared Ball, is how Public Enemy initially slipped past the gatekeepers and into the spotlight. But it doesn't happen often. "Crash" reached the mass market, and received the "best picture" award not because it disagreed in any fundamental way with the white establishment take on "how race is lived in America" but because it reassured white America that racism was about individuals, not institutions, and that blacks and Asians and everybody else was probably just as "racist" as they were. Restricting the definition of racism to the actions and attitudes of individuals, and denying the existence of institutional racism is a major project of conservative "thought" in America. If racism is either bad manners or just an individual thing that happens inside people's heads, government can do nothing about it because of course government has no business regulating manners or poking around inside anyone's head... As we point out elsewhere in this issue, the immigration issue, for African Americans is about labor market competition, and the labor market is a global one. What happens here profoundly affects people over the horizon, and soon afterward, what they do over the horizon will have repercussions in your neighborhood. Those who imagine we can understand the labor market crises affecting black America without comprehending the US role in depressing the labor markets of countries whose citizens are now forced to come here to find work to keep their families alive are being fooled or are fooling themselves. Undocumented immigrants in the US, at least 60% of whom are Mexican, are children of NAFTA. The US business class, spearheaded by the Republican party but massively aided by Democratic President and former DLC head Bill Clinton passed NAFTA into law over the objections of most congressional Democrats in 1993. NAFTA spent US taxpayers' money to aid and encourage businesses to relocate their investments first to Mexico, then to wherever on the planet wages were driven lowest that year. NAFTA allowed taxpayer-subsidized US agribusiness companies to devour what used to be the market for locally produced agricultural products in Mexico. It drove farmers in Mexico and elsewhere off the land into the cities, and subverted the food sovereignty of those nations. The latest economic and political repercussions of NAFTA are immigrant workers here in the US. The chain of causality isn't hard to follow, but we won't get any help from the mainstream media or from many of our so-called leaders. ===== Rev. David Ray Griffin:"9/11, The Myth & The Reality,": In this definitive presentation given on March 30th, 2006 at the historic Grand Lake Theater in Oakland, California, Griffin deconstructs nine official myths, given that day. http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12630.htm ..... Another 9/11 conspiracy theory…or is it… April 5th, 2006 http://www.globaljusticeonline.com/blog/index.php Former Head Of Star Wars Program Says Cheney Main 9/11 Suspect Official version of events a conspiracy theory, says drills were cover for attacks Posted from: Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones/Prison Planet.com | April 4 2006 The former head of the Star Wars missile defense program under Presidents Ford and Carter has gone public to say that the official version of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory and his main suspect for the architect of the attack is Vice President Dick Cheney. Dr. Robert M. Bowman, Lt. Col., USAF, ret. flew 101 combat missions in Vietnam. He is the recipient of the Eisenhower Medal, the George F. Kennan Peace Prize, the President's Medal of Veterans for Peace, the Society of Military Engineers Gold Medal (twice), six Air Medals, and dozens of other awards and honors. His Ph.D. is in Aeronautics and Nuclear Engineering from Caltech. He chaired 8 major international conferences, and is one of the country's foremost experts on National Security. Bowman worked secretly for the US government on the Star Wars project and was the first to coin the very term in a 1977 secret memo. After Bowman realized that the program was only ever intended to be used as an aggressive and not defensive tool, as part of a plan to initiate a nuclear war with the Soviets, he left the program and campaigned against it. ...on the morning of 9/11 that simulated planes crashing into buildings on the east coast were used as a cover to dupe unwitting air defense personnel into not responding quickly enough to stop the attack. “The exercises that went on that morning simulating the exact kind of thing that was happening so confused the people in the FAA and NORAD….that they didn’t they didn’t know what was real and what was part of the exercise,” said Bowman “I think the people who planned and carried out those exercises, they’re the ones that should be the object of investigation.”Asked if he could name a prime suspect who was the likely architect behind the attacks, Bowman stated, “If I had to narrow it down to one person….I think my prime suspect would be Dick Cheney.” Bowman said that privately his military fighter pilot peers and colleagues did not disagree with his sentiments about the real story behind 9/11. Bowman agreed that the US was in danger of slipping into a dictatorship and stated, “I think there’s been nothing closer to fascism than what we’ve seen lately from this government.”[...] ----- from: “What’s behind Americans’ mixed reaction towards jury’s decision that Moussaoui is eligible to face the death?” Sheikha Sajida http://www.aljazeera.com/cgi-bin/news_service/article_full_story.asp?service_id=11194 ...many Americans believe that the terrorist attacks on the United Sates in 2001 were staged by the U.S. government. The case of Zacarias Moussaoui, the convicted 9/11 plotter who seemed to mock the American system of justice, raises many questions about the conduct of U.S. intelligence agencies in the period prior to the bloody attacks of 9/11, for it's uncovered those agencies and the FBI’s inexplicable refusal to take any action that could’ve prevented the horrific incident from happening. I receive many messages from Americans who lost some of their family members in 9/11 attacks, they blame the U.S. government as much as they blame Moussaoui or whoever the media presents as the perpetrators of September 11, for, according to details of the trial sessions, the FBI and the CIA had every chance to capture 9/11 perpetrators and prevent the attack from happening, if facts presented and charges raised against Moussaoui were credible. I think the current debate in the U.S. over whether the French-born man of Moroccan Arab descent deserves to forfeit his life for the deaths of Sept. 11, 2001 or he's mentally unstable for execution, should be shifted to how far is the Bush administration, the FBI, Pentagon and the CIA are involved in the attacks, the bloodiest crime in the U.S. history [..]. ------ in case you've forgotten this revealing and instantly disappeared news... U.S. GAVE 48 SECRET DOCUMENTS TO MOUSSAOUI, 9/11 TERROR SUSPECT U.S. Gave Secrets to Terror Suspect September 27, 2002 By PHILIP SHENON http://www.nytimes.com/2002/09/27/national/27TERR.html?ex=1034180732&ei=1&en=328189a52eccb8cd WASHINGTON, Sept. 26 - Federal prosecutors mistakenly turned over 48 classified F.B.I. reports to Zacarias Moussaoui in what a federal judge described as a grave security breach, the government acknowledged in court documents released today... In their court papers, federal prosecutors did not describe the F.B.I. summaries in any more detail, but they acknowledged that it was "dangerous" for them to be in the possession of Mr. Moussaoui, the only person charged in an American court in the Sept. 11 terror attacks... Because he has no security clearance, Mr. Moussaoui is not supposed to be given access to classified documents... The mishandling of the documents was revealed today by Judge Brinkema at the request of court appointed lawyers acting on Mr. Moussaoui's behalf and over the protests of the prosecutors, who have not revealed how the mistakes were made. Justice Department officials said tonight that the errors involving the documents were now the subject of an internal investigation by the Federal Bureau of Investigation. [last media told of this story--liz] Wa. Post article also retrieved by http://foi.missouri.edu/secretcourts/moussaoui.html ==== CHRISTIAN/AMERICAN VALUES: Sex tourism thriving in U.S. Bible Belt: "Men fly in, are met by pimps, have sex with a 14-year-old for lunch, and get home in time for dinner with the family," said Sanford Jones, the chief juvenile judge of Fulton County, Georgia. http://today.reuters.com/News/CrisesArticle.aspx?storyId=N03210934 ==== The Memory Hole Russ Kick, publisher and editor 04 April 2006 >>> Please forward this email to all interested parties. <<< *** Chemical Weapons Report: Toxicity by Race and Gender exclusive: Recently declassified Defense report. http://www.thememoryhole.org/ ==== note-liz: weekly spin does good work exposing the systemic propaganda called 'news' and all resistance to it is important--but it is also crucial to not to harbor illusions based on the deception that the media is 'free'--in any sense other than as a weapon of the capitalist state: Dear Weekly Spin reader, Just minutes ago, the Center for Media and Democracy (CMD) published online our groundbreaking expos�, "Fake TV News: Widespread and Undisclosed." This multi-media report is the culmination of an intensive, ten month investigation by CMD senior researcher Diane Farsetta and research consultant Daniel Price. The report provides the most extensive account to date of how corporate-funded video news releases (VNRs) -- fake TV news -- are routinely aired, without disclosure, as though they were independent news reports. Read the report here: http://www.prwatch.org/fakenews/execsummary And then tell the Federal Communications Commission that fake news must stop, by clicking here: http://action.freepress.net/campaign/fakenews We are presenting the report today (April 6) in Washington DC, at a press conference with FCC Commissioner Jonathan Adelstein and the media reform group Free Press. We've also filed a formal complaint with the FCC, calling for the 77 stations we caught airing fake TV news to be held accountable. All such material must be disclosed, to honor the audience's right to know! Learn which TV stations we caught and watch footage of the VNRs we tracked, plus see how TV newscasts incorporated them and/or related satellite media tour "interviews." It's all here: http://www.prwatch.org/fakenews/execsummary And then take part in the joint CMD / Free Press action by clicking here: http://action.freepress.net/campaign/fakenews

Tuesday, April 04, 2006

America's "Roadmap" for Total Info.Control

http://www.lizburbankdigest.blogspot.com Malcolm X (1925 - 1965), Autobiography of Malcolm X, chapter 4: "Our nation was born in genocide when it embraced the doctrine that the original American, the Indian, was an inferior race. Even before there were large numbers of Negroes on our shore, the scar of our racial hatred had already disfigured colonial society. From the sixteenth century forward, blood flowed in battles over racial supremacy. We are perhaps the only nation which tried as a matter of national policy to wipe out its indigenous population. Moreover, we elevated that tragic experience into a noble crusade. Indeed, even today we have not permitted ourselves to reject or feel remorse for this shameful episode. Our literature, our films, our drama, our folklore all exalt it. Our children are still taught to respect the violence which reduced a red-skinned people of an earlier culture into a few fragmented groups herded into impoverished reservations." __________________ Genocide of Native Americans in the Early 18th Century By Daniel Stirewalt The estimate of Native Americans that occupied the continental United States and Canada ranged from 1.8 to over 12 million. The number of Native Americans dropped to around 237,000 after the massive genocide of the native people. It is also said that the region of Mexico had 30 million Native Americans pre contacts; and was reduced to 3 million after contact. European persecution of Native Americans started with Christopher Columbus in 1492. While some were exterminated directly by the Europeans, other Native Americans died from disease such as: smallpox, influenza, and measles. Later European Christian invaders systematically killed the aboriginal people because they felt that their beliefs were “ungodly.” The invaders started the genocide of the Native Americans by using warfare, death marches, destruction of their food supply, and poisoning. The genocide against the Native Americans was one of the most destructive, longest lasting genocides in the history of the Earth. In the early 18th century states such as: Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New Jersey promoted vigilantism of the settlers. The government feared the Native people and felt that they were a threat to society so they began “scalp bounty” on dead Indians. In many areas the killing of Indians became a business to the point where a person would be paid 100 pounds for killing a Native American. In the 18th century George Washington called the Native Americans “beasts of prey” and called for their total annihilation. In 1814, Andrew Jackson watched as his men brutally murdered 800 or more Creek Indians. Extermination of all surviving Indians was encouraged publicly by the Governor of California in 1851. In 1867, General William Tecumseh Sherman said, "We must act with vindictive earnestness against the Sioux even to their extermination: men, women and children." From 1848 to 1870 over 120,000 Native Americans in California died, over 60 percent of those died from disease. However, the diseases were brought by the “49ers” so in a way the settlers were still killing the Indians, just in a different way. Most of the massacre happened while the government was making “treaties” with the Native Americans. For example, the Wintu people of the South went to a “truce talking” meeting with the United States government and the soldiers fired at the Indians killing 45 of them. Also, in the northwest the Modoc were tricked into a cold blooded ambush after accepting an invitation to a peace-making feast. Ben Wright, an infamous hunter of Native communities, invited them to a truce at Tule Lake in 1852 and tried to feed them strychnine-laced food. When they grew suspicious and refused to eat, he and his men whipped out pistols and massacred 41 out of the 46 that attended. Some communities were wiped out completely by the English settlers, because they believed that the Indians were a “lesser” race and did not deserve to live on the land that they had occupied for generations. The massive killing of an entire race is said to be genocide, the pure hatred that spewed from the English settlers hearts will never be forgotten by the Native American people. http://eee.uci.edu/clients/tcthorne/anthro/indiantimes/index.html ...... Your Huddled Masses are now my Wretched Refuse: Locking the Golden Door Jason Miller -- April 2, 2006 -- http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22190&s2=03 "...Inculcated with the belief that they are morally superior and endowed with an inalienable right to world domination, the members of America’s ruling White Patriarchy and their ardent supporters have an immigration problem. Too many "little Brown people" are streaming across their southern border. As America’s de facto ruling class wrangles with numerous potential solutions, they are overlooking the obvious: ask the Native Americans what to do. After all, those who forged the American Empire nearly drove the indigenous people of North America to extinction. At the very least, the relatively few survivors of the Native American genocide could help their White "superiors" put their comparatively minute problem into perspective by reminding them that things could be much worse. While the Western European invaders simply murdered and displaced hundreds of thousands of Native Americans, the "marauders" from Mexico (and the rest of Latin America) are committing such heinous acts as working hard, exercising a devotion to family, and living decent, honest lives. Wearing their psychological chains with pride, those who truly believe in the myth of the superiority of the White-dominated American Empire provide unflinching support for a government of criminals, murderers, and state terrorists as they seek to rid themselves of the "dirty, lazy" Latinos. While some are not even conscious of their racism or allegiance to evil, they are just as culpable as those who are. Driven by unbridled consumerism, "patriotic" support of a militaristic regime (which is drenched in the blood of millions of murdered civilians), narcissism, self-absorption, xenophobia, racism, and an insatiable demand for the exploitation of the rest of the planet to keep them comfortable, the American Empire’s loyalists are demanding an end to the "Southern Invasion". Sadly, hubris, insularity, bigotry, the endorsement of murder and torture, and unsurpassed greed are the hallmarks of a nation which purports to be a bastion of freedom, justice, human rights, and equality. Trudging through a blinding blizzard of facts which expose the United States as a ruthless empire, the purveyors of the American Myth doggedly indoctrinate their minions with a relentless argumentum ad nauseam, convincing many that the United States is a benevolent beacon of hope for humanity..... Consider that the Capitalistic economic engine of the American Empire, which benefits a thimbleful of the world’s 6.5 billion people, was built through mass murder perpetrated against Native Americans and the profoundly evil enslavement of our Black brothers and sisters. Further perpetuated by the exploitation of the working class during the Gilded Age, the juggernaut American economy is now maintained by the cheap labor of illegal immigrants in the United States, the gross exploitation of workers in corporate America’s offshore sweat shops... Beneath the noble rhetoric about equality in America lurk the sinister realities of racism, bigotry, and ignoranc......Despite some progress, many Blacks, Hispanics and Native Americans still find themselves desperately grasping for the bottom rungs of the socioeconomic ladder. The wealth gap between Whites and minorities is a chasm, with White families averaging ten times the average net worth of Blacks and Hispanics. The Empire serves its law and order with a side of discrimination......Both my personal experiences and my more abstract studies lead me to conclude that racism and intolerance are alive and well in America........ America’s ruling class created their own immigration problem. Now Congress is contemplating draconian solutions which will cause human suffering. How typical for the leaders of the Empire and their lemming-like followers. Spurring Congress to take action, a repugnant vigilante group calling themselves the Minutemen now patrols parts of the southern border of the United States; they are armed and dangerous. While the Minutemen are endorsed and supported by White supremacist groups, they claim they are simply there to help the US government protect America’s borders from potential terrorists, criminals, and immigrants carrying diseases. With the Minutemen crying, "The Mexicans are coming! The Mexicans are coming!", the US Senate is debating several measures to deal with illegal immigration, one of which would include the erection of an Apartheid wall, the arrest and criminal detention of illegal immigrants, and criminal charges against those offering aid to illegal immigrants. Regardless of the outcome of the debate, I will continue to help the illegal immigrants I know. My moral values supersede the laws of men.... Why wouldn’t people flock to the security and prosperity of the Empire? After all, the rest of the world is a dangerous place considering that the imperialist United States has run its "collateral damage" count into the multi-millions despite its relatively brief existence, has declared that it is above international and humanitarian law, and invades nations "pre-emptively". Since 25% of the world’s resources flow into a nation of only 300 million, some of the other 6.2 billion human beings are bound to show up on the Empire’s doorstep begging for food. American Capitalism and the American Empire are blights on humanity, particularly outside of the United States. They render far more damage to the rest of the world than to the United States, which explains why a small number of Americans expatriate while millions of immigrants flock to this nation.... Until the White American Plutocracy and their brainwashed adherents end their tenacious and destructive efforts to ensure the perpetuation of a "White man’s world", they will continue to be plagued by an onslaught of "little Brown people" who speak a language that is "downright un-American". Jason Miller welcomes responses at willpowerful@hotmail.com or comments on his blog, Thomas Paine's Corner, at http://civillibertarian.blogspot.com/ ....... Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo Mexico Table of Contents According to the terms of the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo of February 2, 1848, the boundary between Mexico and the United States was established at the Rيo Bravo del Norte. Mexico was then required to relinquish its territories of New Mexico and Upper California (the present-day states of California, Nevada, Utah, and parts of Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming) and to accept Texas's incorporation into the United States. As compensation, the United States agreed to pay US$15 million for the territories and to assume more than US$3 million in claims from private citizens of these areas against the Mexican government. Mexico lost more than one-half of its territory as a result of the war with the United States. The territorial losses and the brief but traumatic occupation of Mexico City by United States troops engendered a deep-seated mistrust of the United States that still resonates in Mexican popular culture. Anti-United States nationalist sentiment was a major intellectual current in the Mexican Revolution and continues to manifest itself in some aspects of Mexican society (see Foreign Relations, ch. 4). Santa Anna's last political venture resulted in the sale of more Mexican territory. In what is known in the United States as the Gadsden Purchase, ratified by the United States Congress in 1854, Santa Anna sold 77,692 square kilometers of land in southern New Mexico and Arizona for US$10 million (see fig. 2). This additional loss of territory alienated a large, reform-minded group of young Mexicans, who then conspired to oust Santa Anna. Mexico Table of Contents -- Source: U.S. Library of Congress ------------------- The proposed 700-mile barrier is to be a big issue at Thursday's North American summit. Latin Leaders Balk at US-- "Wall" By Danna Harman -- The Christian Science Monitor Monday 27 March 2006 -- http://www.truthout.org/docs_2006/032706F.shtml Nogales, Mexico - Some envision a wall. Others, a fence - or even a "virtual" fence of cameras, lighting, and sensors along the US-Mexican border. Whatever form it will take, the US is discussing, planning, and, in some places, already building it - much to the fury and frustration of neighbors south of the border.... the proposed 700-mile, $2.2 billion barrier is a major point of contention - not just for the US and Mexico, but for the US and the whole region..... "It is hard to imagine any other symbol that more strongly reinforces the image of the "ugly American" and is more sharply at odds with the "good neighbor" concept." It's not just the barrier, but other issues as well in proposed US immigration reform legislation that irk regional leaders and caused hundreds of thousands of people to protest in multiple US cities over the past few days. The US Congress passed a tough immigration bill in December that would make it a felony for illegal immigrants to be in the US, impose new penalties on employers who hire them, and erect a fence along one-third of the border's total length. At present, just over 80 miles of federally enforced barriers and fencing are erected at strategic points on the border, mainly in Texas and California... "No country that is proud of itself should build walls," Fox told reporters when he last met Bush one year ago.... Fox has called the proposal everything from "stupid" and "discriminatory" to "shameful," and heralded illegal migrants as "heroes" who will in any event find ways to cross the border. Last year 1.2 million illegal immigrants were apprehended by the border patrol as they tried to cross into the US......Currently, 11.5 million to 12 million illegal immigrants live in the US, according to estimates in a report released this month by thePew Hispanic Center. Of these, an estimated 6.2 million, or 56 percent, are Mexicans. Another 2.5 million, or 22 percent of the total, come from other Latin American countries. The money these people send home is vital to the region's economy.... So while Fox might be the regional leader most concerned with, and vocal about, US immigration policy - he is far from the only one. Spearheaded by Mexico, and galvanized by the fence proposals, foreign ministers and other top officials from Belize, Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama as well as Colombia, Ecuador, and the Dominican Republic met March 15 in Guatemala and vowed to coordinate their lobbying efforts against the US bill if it should pass in the Senate. Guatemalan Vice President Eduardo Stein, in turn, called the bill "an affront to Latin America by a government that claims to be our partner, but which apparently only wants our money and our merchandise, and that sees our people as an epidemic."..... ======= The Conscience of a Nazi: What Immigration Reform Means for the U.S. by Leslie Radford Eleven days ago, the Senate was poised to pass legislation that would have initiated the final step toward a Fascist regime in the U.S. Then the legislative juggernaut crashed to a halt, confronted by what may well be the largest series of mass demonstrations ever in the United States. On Friday, the Senate Judiciary Committee was poised to approve enforcement-only immigration legislation. The following Monday, after a month of protests across the country by people of immigrant-descent and, on Saturday, a million-person Marcha flooding the streets of downtown Los Angeles, all eight Democrats and four Republicans shifted gears and sent a guest-worker and citizenship proposal to the Senate. Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist was so irate that he sent his own enforcement-only bill to the floor, with the worst of the provisions of the draconian House proposal, HR 4437. To make sure the Senate got the message, tens of thousands of students across the nation walked out of class on Friday, Monday, and Tuesday. What do these immigrants and their children see that long-time U.S. citizens have missed? What does this legislation portend for the U.S.? (full article ) ===== Government in secret talks about strike against Iran By Sean Rayment, Defence Correspondent http://www.telegraph.co.uk/core/Content/displayPrintable.jhtml;jsessionid=UZAATFCCUXVW1QFIQMGSFF4AVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2006/04/02/wiran02.xml&site=5 (Filed: 02/04/2006) http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12603.htm The Government is to hold secret talks with defence chiefs tomorrow to discuss possible military strikes against Iran. A high-level meeting will take place in the Ministry of Defence A high-level meeting will take place in the Ministry of Defence at which senior defence chiefs and government officials will consider the consequences of an attack on Iran. It is believed that an American-led attack, designed to destroy Iran's ability to develop a nuclear bomb, is "inevitable" if Teheran's leaders fail to comply with United Nations demands to freeze their uranium enrichment programme. Tomorrow's meeting will be attended by Gen Sir Michael Walker, the chief of the defence staff, Lt Gen Andrew Ridgway, the chief of defence intelligence and Maj Gen Bill Rollo, the assistant chief of the general staff, together with officials from the Foreign Office and Downing Street. The International Atomic Energy Authority, the nuclear watchdog, believes that much of Iran's programme is now devoted to uranium enrichment and plutonium separation, technologies that could provide material for nuclear bombs to be developed in the next three years. The United States government is hopeful that the military operation will be a multinational mission, but defence chiefs believe that the Bush administration is prepared to launch the attack on its own or with the assistance of Israel, if there is little international support. British military chiefs believe an attack would be limited to a series of air strikes against nuclear plants - a land assault is not being considered at the moment. But confirmation that Britain has started contingency planning will undermine the claim last month by Jack Straw, the Foreign Secretary, that a military attack against Iran was "inconceivable". Condoleezza Rice, the US secretary of state, insisted, during a visit to Blackburn yesterday, that all negotiating options - including the use of force - remained open in an attempt to resolve the crisis. General Sir Michael Walker Tactical Tomahawk cruise missiles fired from US navy ships and submarines in the Gulf would, it is believed, target Iran's air defence systems at the nuclear installations. That would enable attacks by B2 stealth bombers equipped with eight 4,500lb enhanced BLU-28 satellite-guided bunker-busting bombs, flying from Diego Garcia, the isolated US Navy base in the Indian Ocean, RAF Fairford in Gloucestershire and Whiteman USAF base in Missouri. It is understood that any direct British involvement in an attack would be limited but may extend to the use of the RAF's highly secret airborne early warning aircraft. At the centre of the crisis is Washington's fear that an Iranian nuclear weapon could be used against Israel or US forces in the region, such as the American air base at Incirlik in Turkey. The UN also believes that the production of a bomb could also lead to further destabilisation in the Middle East, which would result in Egypt, Syria and Saudi Arabia all developing nuclear weapons programmes. A senior Foreign Office source said: "Monday's meeting will set out to address the consequences for Britain in the event of an attack against Iran. The CDS [chiefs of defence staff] will want to know what the impact will be on British interests in Iraq and Afghanistan which both border Iran. The CDS will then brief the Prime Minister and the Cabinet on their conclusions in the next few days. If Iran makes another strategic mistake, such as ignoring demands by the UN or future resolutions, then the thinking among the chiefs is that military action could be taken to bring an end to the crisis. The belief in some areas of Whitehall is that an attack is now all but inevitable. There will be no invasion of Iran but the nuclear sites will be destroyed. This is not something that will happen imminently, maybe this year, maybe next year. Jack Straw is making exactly the same noises that the Government did in March 2003 when it spoke about the likelihood of a war in Iraq. Then the Government said the war was neither inevitable or imminent and then attacked." The source said that the Israeli attack against Iraq's Osirak nuclear reactor in 1981 proved that a limited operation was the best military option. The Israeli air force launched raids against the plant, which intelligence suggested was being used to develop a nuclear bomb for use against Israel. Military chiefs also plan tomorrow to discuss fears that an attack within Iran will "unhinge" southern Iraq - where British troops are based - an area mainly populated by Shia Muslims who have strong political and religious links to Iran. They are concerned that this could delay any withdrawal of troops this year or next. There could also be consequences for British and US troops in Afghanistan, which borders Iran. The MoD meeting will address the economic issues that could arise if Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, the Iranian president - who became the subject of international condemnation last year when he called for Israel to be "wiped off the map" - cuts off oil supplies to the West in reprisal. There are thought to be at least eight known sites within Iran involved in the production of nuclear materials, although it is generally accepted that there are many more secret installations. Iran has successfully tested a Fajr-3 missile that can reach Israel, avoiding radar and hitting several targets using multiple warheads, its military has confirmed. 21 March 2006: Bush warns Iran: don't touch our ally Israel 14 March 2006: Bush ready to initiate 'regime change' for the mullahs === Blix: Iran Years Away From Nuclear Bomb: Former U.N. chief weapons inspector Hans Blix said Monday that Iran is a least five years away from developing a nuclear bomb, leaving time to peacefully negotiate a settlement. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12626.htm === Supreme Court won't review Bush's terrorism powers: By a 6-3 vote, the court sided with the Bush administration and refused to hear an appeal by Jose Padilla, who was confined in a military brig in South Carolina for more than three years http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12613.htm === Control By Ghali Hassan http://www.countercurrents.org/iraq-hassan030406.htm 03 April, 2006 Like all imperialist forces, the US is heavily relaying on misinformation propaganda campaign to promote and enhance its imperialist ideology. Violence and war crimes against defenceless civilians are depicted as “fighting the enemy”. The mass murder of Iraqi civilians by US forces is normalised and welcomed with deafening silence. The purpose is thought control, or as it is called “perception management” designed to enhance US images. The campaign is part of a wider Western strategy to mislead the public, remove historical memory and justify more wars. According to George Orwell, newspeak is a form of propaganda to cover up criminal actions, especially killing people unjustly and deliberately, with a veneer of justification and reason. In Iraq, the occupying forces are increasingly covering the truth with lies and deception, blame the Iraqi people for the violence they have inflicted on them, and to remove the Occupation as the generator of violence. The three-year US Occupation of Iraq is becoming increasingly violent and the occupying forces are killing Iraqi civilians with impunity while encouraging Iraqis to fight each other. The atrocity is aided by massive Western propaganda campaign to demonise Iraqis and portray not only Iraqis but also Muslims in general as fanatic and violent. This includes: 1) the Occupation is a benign “peace mission” and necessary “to prevent” civil war; 2) Iraq is a “breeding ground for terrorists”– as if the illegal invasion and Occupation of Iraq are not the greatest acts of terrorism; and 3) Iraqis are responsible for what is happening to them. Each of the three is a falsehood Western elites (Left and Right) have adopted these falsehoods to justify their attacks on the Iraqi people and to jump on the misinformation propaganda of Occupation bandwagon. A recent secret Pentagon ‘roadmap’ on war propaganda, personally approved by Secretary of Defence Donald Rumsfeld in October 2003, calls for the total control of information before they become available to the American public. The aim is to pacify and remove the public influence on foreign policies. Furthermore, the US continues the practice of paying journalists, including Iraqis, to plant stories in the Iraqi news media in favour of the brutal Occupation. The purpose is thought control, or as it is called “perception management”, designed to enhance US images, including military image. On the morning of 19 November 2005, US troops deliberately massacred 15 Iraqi civilians, including seven women, three children and four students in the town of Haditha, northwest of Baghdad. The US army alleged that the dead civilians were “insurgents”. However, eyewitness testimonies and news reports from the area contradict the US allegations. Credible reports supported by local witnesses show that the US Marines were acting in revenge after they were attacked by the Iraqi Resistance. Indeed, the Marines executed Iraqi civilians while they were sleeping, as Aparisim Ghosh of the Time magazine reported. Victims in the town told the Time that “the Marines came in and they killed everybody inside”. An eyewitness Khaled Ahmed Rsayef whose brother was among the dead told the Time: “It was a [premeditated] massacre in every sense of the word”. The other eyewitness is 9-year-old Eman Walid. She told the Time: “First, they went into my father’s room, where he was reading the Koran, and we heard shots. Then, the soldiers came back into the living room. I couldn’t see their faces very well--only their guns sticking into the doorway. I watched them shoot my grandfather, first in the chest and then in the head. Then they killed my granny”. The Time also reported that there were no signs of Iraqi Resistance fighters around the scene of the massacre in which four houses were destroyed. The massacre was videotaped by a Haditha journalism student and handed to Hammurabi Human Rights group. The cowardice attack destroyed four families and left a girl and her young brother terrorised and traumatised forever. On March 15 2006, US forces raided a house in Isahaqi, near the town of Balad about 60 miles north of Baghdad. According to Iraqi Police, and eyewitnesses on the ground, US troops gathered 11 people into a single room and executed them, before destroying the house as they left the area. The initial Iraqi Police report said: “American forces used helicopters to drop troops on the house of Faiz Harat Khalaf situated in the Abu Sifa village of the Isahaqi district. The American forces gathered the family members in one room and executed 11 people, including five children, four women and two men, [and] then they bombed the house, burned three vehicles and killed their animals”. According to Mathew Schofield of Knight Ridder news; “The Iraqi police identified the dead as ranging in age from 6 months to 75 [years old]. Iraqi police said that the five children, four women and two men were found together in the wreckage of the house” all with gunshot to the head. The bodies were found handcuffed and lined up under the rubble. The Army Times reported on 15 March 2006 that Riyadh Majid, the nephew of the killed head of the family — Faez Khalaf — told AP at the hospital that U.S. forces landed in helicopters and raided the home early Wednesday. Khalaf’s brother, Ahmed, said nine of the victims were family members who lived at the house and two were visitors”. The killed family was not part of the Resistance, they were women and children,” Ahmed Khalaf said. “The Americans have promised us a better life, but we get only death”, he added. On Sunday night 26 March 2006, US forces and their Iraqi collaborators attacked Al-Mustapha Mosque in the Ur neighbourhood in east Baghdad and deliberately killed 37 unarmed worshipers including the 80-years old Imam in charge of the Mosque. Eyewitnesses on the scene observed US soldiers entering the Mosque unprovoked and started shooting at random. A video-tape showed several civilians bodies and spent 5.56 mm shell casings ammunition, the type used by the US soldiers. “It’s an organized crime with serious political and security implications. It aims to incite a civil war ... To kill such a great number of the faithful of the family of the Prophet after handcuffing and torturing them is indefensible. It's an attack on the dignity of Iraqis that strips away any credibility from the slogans of freedom, democracy and pluralism flaunted by the American administration”, reported the French daily, Le Figaro quoting an Iraqi communiqué. “They went in, tied up the people and shot them all. They did not leave any wounded. [The victims] were unarmed”, added the Guardian of London on 28 March 2006. Indeed, the puppet government justifiably accusing US forces of committing the massacre, and the Baghdad “provincial governor” has suspended all cooperation with US forces. Consistent with the US policy of dehumanising and identifying all Iraqis as the “enemy”, US forces aided by the BBC – the mother of all deceptions – and US mass media have falsely and deliberately portrayed the victims of being “insurgents” and “terrorists”, and gave contradictory accounts of the massacre. But careful examination of these acts suggests deliberate acts of state terrorism to promote US interests. As it has always been, the US fabricated “terrorism” – disguised as “liberty” and “democracy” – to keep the public engulfed with fear and justify a violent imperialist ideology. The atrocities are purposely masked with lies and distortion in order to put the blame on the so-called “Iraqi forces” and clear the Occupation from any wrongdoing. These criminal acts are part of the Bush-Blair larger messianic mission of ultra-violence and conquest propagated as Western common values. Leading the misinformation propaganda campaign is President George W. Bush. In his news conference at the White House on 21 March 2006, Bush said: “It's -- confidence amongst the Iraqis is what is going to be a vital part of achieving a victory”, he said, “which will then enable the American people to understand that victory is possible. In other words, the American people will -- their opinions, I suspect, will be affected by what they see on their TV screens”. On the invited list – for the first time in three years – was veteran correspondent Helen Thomas. It was a pre-arranged propaganda coup to justify the illegal and war against the Iraqi people. The question and the answers were well-prepared and designed to manipulate public opinion. Bush was fluent, and Helen Thomas had very little to say except ask the one question. It was what Bush wants to say after three years of a criminal occupation proceeded by an illegal act of aggression. Bush mentioned Tel Afar as a “model” of America’s “success” in Iraq. Like Fallujah, Tel Afar is a destroyed city. The majority of its population are ethnically cleansed refugees and the rest is imprisoned in a concentration camp patrolled by US forces and their ‘Occupation dogs’. Tel Afar is another model of US criminal atrocity. The aim is – like always – to feed a rosy picture of the Occupation to the American public and the rest of the world. The Bush’s line of distortion was repeated in Australia by Prime Ministers John Howard and Tony Blair. John Howard used no other media outlet than the ABC to tell Australians that; in Iraq, “I don't think things can be said to be getting worse. I think they can be said to be getting better”. Tony Blair used the Australian Parliament House to promote a relic colonial ideology of changing peoples’ culture and assimilate them into the Anglo-American culture through arms conquest and ultra-violence. “The last time we heard talk like this was from a former army corporal in Germany speaking about the values of the Aryan race”, writes author Jeff Archer of MalcomLagauche.com. Three years ago Tony Blair told the biggest lie of the century that Iraq could launch an attack on Britain using chemical and biological weapons within 45 minutes. We know now that the Iraqi people had no chemical or biological weapons and Iraq had nothing to do with the 9/11 attack, as clearly stated by George W. Bush. The entire nation of once prosperous Iraq has been destroyed. City after city have been indiscriminately attacked with real WMDs, including napalm, phosphorus and ‘Depleted Uranium in a deliberate act of aggression designed to inflict as much harm as possible on the Iraqi civilian population. All the destruction and bloodshed is the result of a decision agreed upon by the three Anglo-American demagogues, and aided by an offensive misinformation propaganda campaign promoted by the mass media to justify war crimes on massive scale. Blair’s “battle for modernity” is a pretext for attacking Islam, which is identified in the West today as “Islamism”. For the three Anglo-American demagogues, “Islamism” writes, Professor Hamid Dabashi of Columbia University in New York; “is a US-sponsored propaganda gadget manufactured to generate and sustain an illusory enemy to justify warmongering and global domination”. In other words, a diet of distortion, fear and racism is feed to the public in order to provide justification for violent ideology. The war which the three demagogues continue to promote is responsible for the mass murder of hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqi men, women and children. It is responsible for the illegal mass arrest, imprisonment, torture, abuse and murder of thousands of innocents Iraqi men, women and children. The “democracy” and “freedom” that the three demagogues claim to be spreading around the world is the mask of war and ultra-violence. The three demagogues have one thing in common; to continue the current violence against the Iraqi people. In today’s Iraq, a large percentage of Iraqis live in abject poverty. Iraqi families now get less food than before the invasion and during the 13-years long genocidal sanctions. And as a result of this murderous Occupation, essential items have gone missing from the food ration card which was the brainchild of Saddam regime. Prices of staples like rice, sugar, flour and vegetable ghee are soaring. Unemployment is as high as 70 per cent. Iraqis without income find it extremely hard to make ends meet. Electricity and drinking-water supplies are at their lowest levels. The healthcare services are in state of near collapse, and more than 400,000 children are malnourished. Acute malnutrition among Iraqi children between the ages of six months and 5 years has increased from 4 percent before the invasion to 7.7 per cent since the US invasion. Basic human rights for Iraqi women have disappeared as a result of an Imperialist and backward US-crafted constitution. Life in US-occupied Iraq is far worse than at any time in the past. Every day since the invasion, Iraqi lives have gotten progressively worse, not better, as the Australian demagogue alleged. The situation is accurately put by an Iraqi recently. He writes: “Three years have passed and Iraq has been destroyed as a state and as a nation. Its natural resources have been plundered [with billions of dollars that could otherwise have been spent on rebuilding Iraq have been looted], its civilisation and cultural heritage looted, its religious heritage desecrated, its people raped, tortured, drilled, murdered and even melted. Cynicism nowadays refuses the call for an immediate and complete withdrawal of occupation forces for fear of “civil war”, which has been the aim of the US Administration to justify ongoing Occupation. Furthermore, as Iraqis are increasingly demanding the end to the Occupation, US warmongers are now openly and unashamedly advocating “civil war” in Iraq. While all the fabricated pretexts to occupy Iraq have expired, the US continues to divide Iraqis and promote civil war in order to destroy of what left in Iraq. One of George W. Bush closest advisors, the Islamophobic Zionist Daniel Pipes said recently: “I don’t think from the point of view of the coalition it is necessarily that bad for our interests... In the first place, there would be fewer attacks on our forces in Iraq as they fight each other … More broadly outside Iraq, there would be fewer attacks on us as the Shiites and the Sunnis attack each other”. In other words, civil war is good for West and should be encouraged. Only the Nazis were known to have promoted such criminal ideology in the past. Without the current divisions, it would have been impossible for the US and its vassals to occupy Iraq for three years. The US created, trained, armed and financed the sectarian and ethnic-based militia groups and death squads proved to be useful imperialist tool. It is part of the “unconventional warfare” waged by the Bush Administration against the Iraqi population. The aims are: 1) to foment civil strife and encourage fratricidal killings among Iraqis; 2) terrorise the Iraqi population and subjugate them to US diktats; 3) shield the occupying forces from any attack; and 4) divert public attention from the crimes of the occupying forces. Having failed to ignite an all-out civil war in Iraq, the US is no turning one militia group against another. The militia have been very useful tools. Indeed, US crimes become so obvious that the puppet government demanded that the occupying US forces withdraw from the cities and hand overall security to the Iraqis. One should not be mislead by the Bush rhetoric of Iraq is a “model for democracy”. As Iraqis are demanding that the puppet government form a government and shows some independence, the Bush Administration interfered. The Bush Administration is opposed to the nomination of Ibrahim al-Jaafari as “prime minister” for a second term despite that al-Jaafari’s Iraqi United Alliance (IUA) won the majority of seats. The US is using al-Jaafari – an imported stooge – as a scapegoat to break the Alliance, and prevent the emergence of majority government. By blocking national unity among Iraqis, the US is playing one faction against another. Muqtada al-Sadr – who the US has sought to assassinate – was clever enough not to buy into the US agenda and continue to work with all Iraqis to create a national unity government. US colonial proconsul in Baghdad, Zalmay Khalilzad is on record warning Iraqis that; “you can’t be in the government if you are against the Occupation”. His target is Muqtada al-Sadr who is demanding unity and an end to the Occupation. The Bush Administration aim is a divided and sectarian government under its control; a US-appointed subordinate government with Allawi doing photo opportunities for the Occupation. The hypocrisy is so flagrant that most Iraqis now associate Western “democracy” with violence and corruption. Of course, all this meddling and interference in Iraqi affairs is part of Bush-Blair agenda. The reality is that the US is promoting divisions, ongoing bloodshed, torture chambers and colonial dictatorship to serve its imperialist interests. The unjust rejection by the US and its allies of recent HAMAS’ success in the Palestinian elections is another example of the West promotion of fraudulent democracy. The US did not invade and destroyed Iraq for the sake of “democracy” and “freedom”. The illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq is part of the US imperialist-Zionist ideology. The current US campaign is to divide Iraqis and prevent an Iraqi government of unity at all coast. As it is the case, there has been no government in Iraq since the invasion and the promotion of “civil war” has increased markedly. The US-groomed puppet government is a propaganda tool. It is a façade designed to legitimise ongoing Occupation and cover up its associated crimes. It has no power and is unable to provide Iraqis with the minimum services required, let alone security. There is no national sovereignty under foreign occupation. Hence, the Iraqi people are struggling to free themselves from the Anglo-American-orchestrated Occupation and oppression. Three years of violent Occupation and Bush’s “political process” of fraudulent elections, were designed as a veneer to cover-up deliberately instigated crimes and unjustified violence. Propagating an Anglo-American version of “democracy” and “freedom” to justify war crimes is like planting Anglo-American version of “good news” in the media about a murderous Occupation. It won’t affect the Iraqi Resistance and determination of the Iraqi people to liberate their country from foreign Occupation. Resistance to Western terrorism is not terrorism; it is legitimate Resistance. Iraqi is not in “civil war”; the Occupation is the cause of the violence. The vast majority of Iraqis (87-92 per cent, the Brookings Institute) is opposed to the presence of foreign forces and demanding the end of the Occupation of their country. In addition, 72 per cent of US troops want to end the Occupation and more than half (60 per cent) of US citizens – despite and efficient and self-imposed brain-washing – supports the immediate withdrawal of US troops from Iraq. As someone who has followed this war closely, I see nothing can justify the ultra-violent Occupation of Iraq. The Anglo-American has no right to be in Iraq. The invasion of Iraq is a war crimes and crimes against humanity. The only civilised actions are the immediate end to the Occupation, and the full withdrawal of all foreign forces from Iraq. Ghali Hassan lives in Perth, Western Australia. ....... AMERICA'S TERROR WAR TO CONTROL THE WEB Sunday Herald - 02 April 2006 http://www.sundayherald.com/print54975 While the US remains committed to hunting down al-Qaeda operatives, it is now taking the battle to new fronts. Deep within the Pentagon, technologies are being deployed to wage the war on terror on the internet, in newspapers and even through mobile phones. Investigations editor Neil Mackay reports IMAGINE a world where wars are fought over the internet; where TV broadcasts and newspaper reports are designed by the military to confuse the population; and where a foreign armed power can shut down your computer, phone, radio or TV at will. In 2006, we are just about to enter such a world. This is the age of information warfare, and details of how this new military doctrine will affect everyone on the planet are contained in a report, entitled The Information Operations Roadmap, commissioned and approved by US secretary of defence Donald Rumsfeld and seen by the Sunday Herald. The Pentagon has already signed off $383 million to force through the document’s recommendations by 2009. Military and intelligence sources in the US talk of “a revolution in the concept of warfare”. The report orders three new developments in America’s approach to warfare: lFirstly, the Pentagon says it will wage war against the internet in order to dominate the realm of communications, prevent digital attacks on the US and its allies, and to have the upper hand when launching cyber-attacks against enemies. lSecondly, psychological military operations, known as psyops, will be at the heart of future military action. Psyops involve using any media – from newspapers, books and posters to the internet, music, Blackberrys and personal digital assistants (PDAs) – to put out black propaganda to assist government and military strategy. Psyops involve the dissemination of lies and fake stories and releasing information to wrong-foot the enemy. lThirdly, the US wants to take control of the Earth’s electromagnetic spectrum, allowing US war planners to dominate mobile phones, PDAs, the web, radio, TV and other forms of modern communication. That could see entire countries denied access to telecommunications at the flick of a switch by America. Freedom of speech advocates are horrified at this new doctrine, but military planners and members of the intelligence community embrace the idea as a necessary development in modern combat. Human rights lawyer John Scott, who chairs the Scottish Centre for Human Rights, said: “This is an unwelcome but natural development of what we have seen. I find what is said in this document to be frightening, and it needs serious parliamentary scrutiny.” Crispin Black – who has worked for the Joint Intelligence Committee, and has been an Army lieutenant colonel, a military intelligence officer, a member of the Defence Intelligence Staff and a Cabinet Office intelligence analyst who briefed Number 10 – said he broadly supported the report as it tallied with the Pentagon’s over-arching vision for “full spectrum dominance” in all military matters. “I’m all for taking down al-Qaeda websites. Shutting down enemy propaganda is a reasonable course of action. Al-Qaeda is very good at [information warfare on the internet], so we need to catch up. The US needs to lift its game,” he said. This revolution in information warfare is merely an extension of the politics of the “neoconservative” Bush White House. Even before getting into power, key players in Team Bush were planning total military and political domination of the globe. In September 2000, the now notorious document Rebuilding America’s Defences – written by the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), a think-tank staffed by some of the Bush presidency’s leading lights – said that America needed a “blueprint for maintaining US global pre-eminence, precluding the rise of a great power-rival, and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests”. The PNAC was founded by Dick Cheney, the vice-president; Donald Rumsfeld, the defence secretary; Bush’s younger brother, Jeb; Paul Wolfowitz, once Rumsfeld’s deputy and now head of the World Bank; and Lewis Libby, Cheney’s former chief of staff, now indicted for perjury in America. Rebuilding America’s Defences also spoke of taking control of the internet. A heavily censored version of the document was released under Freedom of Information legislation to the National Security Archive at George Washington University in the US. The report admits the US is vulnerable to electronic warfare. “Networks are growing faster than we can defend them,” the report notes. “The sophistication and capability of … nation states to degrade system and network operations are rapidly increasing.” T he report says the US military’s first priority is that the “department [of defence] must be prepared to ‘fight the net’”. The internet is seen in much the same way as an enemy state by the Pentagon because of the way it can be used to propagandise, organise and mount electronic attacks on crucial US targets. Under the heading “offensive cyber operations”, two pages outlining possible operations are blacked out. Next, the Pentagon focuses on electronic warfare, saying it must be elevated to the heart of US military war planning. It will “provide maximum control of the electromagnetic spectrum, denying, degrading, disrupting or destroying the full spectrum of communications equipment … it is increasingly important that our forces dominate the electromagnetic spectrum with attack capabilities”. Put simply, this means US forces having the power to knock out any or all forms of telecommunications on the planet. After electronic warfare, the US war planners turn their attention to psychological operations: “Military forces must be better prepared to use psyops in support of military operations.” The State Department, which carries out US diplomatic functions, is known to be worried that the rise of such operations could undermine American diplomacy if uncovered by foreign states. Other examples of information war listed in the report include the creation of “Truth Squads” to provide public information when negative publicity, such as the Abu Ghraib torture scandal, hits US operations, and the establishment of “Humanitarian Road Shows”, which will talk up American support for democracy and freedom. The Pentagon also wants to target a “broader set of select foreign media and audiences”, with $161m set aside to help place pro-US articles in overseas media. ....... 34 ISPs SUBPOENAED BY U.S. GOVERNMENT SLASHDOT news for nerds3news for nerds4 ISPs Subpoenaed By U.S. Government Posted by Zonk on Friday March 31, @10:33AM from the fighting-the-man dept. http://yro.slashdot.org/article.pl?sid=06/03/31/1347212 "The Justice Department, in their continued effort to revive questionable legislation, has subpoenaed dozens of ISPs for files. Considering that ISPs generally host their users' mail, this seems like it could be a larger issue than their fight with Google over search queries. Some, like Verizon, even resisted the call for information." From the article: "Representatives for McAfee and Symantec confirmed that the companies had received and complied with the subpoenas. A spokeswoman at LookSmart did not immediately return a phone call. Many of the subpoenas asked for information related to products that can be used to filter out adult content for underage Internet users. Symantec's subpoena, dated June 29, asked for a wide range of information about the price and popularity of the Internet filtering products it sells and how the products are used by customers. " Information Week has a number of the documents involved, including the letter of objection from Verizon. ===== Israel and The Palestinians Inverting 30 years of diplomatic history By Amir Riaz http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12619.htm 04/03/06 "ICH" -- -- In an article entitled ‘Result could spell end of US role in pushing for peace’ (Times, London, 29/03), Richard Beeston, Diplomatic Editor, discussing the Israeli elections and the confirmation of the new Palestinian government, writes that these developments could “draw to an end” the “THIRTY years of intense US-led diplomacy, aimed at finding a peaceful solution to the Arab-Israeli conflict”. The reality however is rather different to the picture presented by Beeston. The US, alone with Israel, have engaged in over thirty years of intense manoeuvring aimed at blocking a peaceful solution to the Arab - Israeli conflict. Keeping to Beeston’s thirty year timeframe, in January 1976, the US vetoed a Security Council Resolution calling for a two state solution on the 1967 borders. The resolution, prepared by the PLO, was supported by the entire world, and is in line with international law. Israel however, responded by not even attending the UN session, preferring instead to bomb Lebanon, killing 50 civilians, with no pretext offered other than retaliation against the UN. Similar diplomatic offers from the PLO and the Arab States (supported by virtually the entire world) continued year after year. Seth Tillman (then a staff member of the US Senate's Committee on Foreign Relations) in the late 1970’s wrote that “the evidence seemed persuasive… that Arafat and al-Fatah [the PLO mainstream] were prepared to make peace on the basis of the West Bank-Gaza state and to accept Israel within its approximate borders of 1967”. However, every offer was met with US backed Israeli rejection. The purpose of rejection was explained by Yitzhak Rabin in November 1977. Should Israel agree to negotiate “with any Palestinian element”, this would provide “a basis for the possibility of creating a third state between Israel and Jordan”. However, Rabin stated “firmly, clearly, categorically: it will not be created”. This continued into 1982 when according to Yehoshafat Harkabi (former chief of Israeli Military Intelligence), Israeli PM Menachem Begin’s “fear of the momentum of the peace process” prompted the invasion of Lebanon in 1982. The invasion, which left 20,000+ dead, was intended to “undermine the position of the moderates within [the PLO] ranks”, and to block “the PLO ‘peace offensive’”. Israeli strategic analyst Avner Yaniv concurred, explaining that the main problem for Israel is “the P.L.O.'s peace offensive. They wanted a two-state settlement. Israel did not”. In fact, so extreme was Israeli opposition to a diplomatic solution that in the late 1970’s, they began funding a group which was once described by Ariel Sharon as “the deadliest terrorist group that we have ever had to face” – Hamas. Tony Cordesman (Middle East analyst, Centre for Strategic Studies) explains that Israel funded Hamas because “the Israelis wanted to use it as a counterbalance to the PLO”. A former CIA official (UPI, 2006) agrees, explaining that Israel's support for Hamas “was a direct attempt to divide and dilute support for a strong, secular PLO” – which was incessantly proposing a two state solution on the 1967 borders, which the US and Israel reject. The invasion of Lebanon failed however in blocking the PLO’s “peace offensive”, as the offers continued relentlessly, year after year throughout the 1980’s. Continued US backed Israeli rejection of them led to the first Palestinian Intifada, which, given the reassessment of costs to Israel (not the Palestinians) succeeded in eliciting some US and Israeli response. The response was to move to render the PLO nothing more than “Israel's subcontractor and collaborator in the Occupied Territories” (Former Israeli Foreign Minister Shlomo Ben-Ami). The Oslo Accords were based on the Baker – Shamir – Peres Plan (Dec, 1989) which barred any “additional Palestinian state in the Gaza district and in the area between Israel and Jordan” (Jordan already being a “Palestinian state”). Oslo broke the West Bank up into over 200 separate enclaves, all surrounded by land to be annexed to Israel. The Palestinian Authority controlled some 3% of the West Bank, 30% would be under Palestinian “autonomy” but remain under Israeli “security control”, while 66-70% of the West Bank would be under total Israeli control. In the late 1990’s more land was transferred to Palestinian control, though by now the number of Israeli settlers had doubled to roughly 170,000 (1998). In essence, the Oslo Accords didn’t even rise to the level of the Bantustans in South Africa. Credit to Barak at Camp David however, for his offer did rise to the level of the Bantustans. Barak offered some 81% of the West Bank (75% if we include East Jerusalem in the calculations), splitting it into 3 separate cantons, all completely surrounded by land to be annexed by Israel. However, the PLO at Camp David (and the subsequent Taba talks), renewed their offer of two states on the 1967 borders, only to be rejected by the US and Israel. The situation was summarised quite accurately by Amira Hass in Ha’aretz a few weeks after the second Intifada; “The bloodbath that has been going on for three weeks is the natural outcome of seven years of lying and deception”. Despite the Intifada, peace initiatives endorsing two states on the 1967 borders, such as the Beirut Declaration (Mar 2002) and the Arab Peace initiative (Feb 2003) continued to be rejected. A month later the Road Map was announced; which, though offering a Palestinian State, was vague as to final status borders. In June 2002 however, Israel had moved to unilaterally impose final status borders on the Palestinians through construction of the wall. The wall has little to do with security as there are over 300,000 Palestinians trapped between the wall and the Green Line (1967 borders). The function of the wall is to provide for Israel the most fertile / resource rich land and to incorporate major settlement blocks; whilst breaking the West Bank up into 2 cantons, completely surrounded by Israeli controlled territory – thus serving to destroy the viability of a future Palestinian State. The building of the wall - continued under Sharon’s Disengagement Plan where roughly 9,000 settlers were evacuated from Gaza, though more than 10,000 settled in the West Bank - continues today. Since the elections of Hamas and Kadima, there has been little change in normal proceedings. Hamas (and the Arab States) have repeatedly announced their willingness to recognise a long term truce should Israel withdraw to the 1967 borders. However, despite this, Israel announces that “without a Palestinian partner, Israel needs to take the initiative itself” (Avi Dichter, a security adviser to Ehud Olmert). These unilateral initiatives include continuing the construction of the wall, establishing “contiguity between Jerusalem and Ma'aleh Adumim” (Olmert), maintaining major settlements in the West Bank as a part of Israel, and annexing the entire Jordan Valley. Despite the fact that these initiatives will destroy any hopes for a viable Palestinian State, the preference - in keeping with thirty years of continuous US/Israeli rejection of a peaceful solution to the Arab - Israeli conflict - is for Israeli expansion over security. The comment made by Beeston, that thirty years of US led diplomacy has been “aimed at finding a peaceful solution to the Arab-Israeli conflict”, is a grotesque perversion of reality; though it is unfair to single out Beeston for criticism as he is merely regurgitating doctrines widely propagated by many an intellect. What’s most astonishing and instructive however about the comment is that it elicits scant ridicule; revealing perhaps the extent to which large parts of our intellectual class are willing to subordinate themselves to power, with the usual rewards of material gain, prestige and privilege – the costs of which are paid for by those in Israel, the West Bank, Gaza. Amir Riaz, is a Post Graduate Student, studying ‘Human Rights’ at University of Manchester, UK ...... Eyewitnesses: Palestinian leader Obayat was shot 'execution-style' by Israeli forces : The Monday morning assassination of resistance leader Raed Obayat by Israeli special forces, eyewitnesses describe a scene of a badly beaten Obayat, and his companion Ra'ed Sulaiman Abu Joura, being dragged down four flights of stairs while crying out "I am injured! I am injured!", after which Israeli forces shot the two in an 'execution-style' assassination. http://www.imemc.org/content/view/17772/1/ ----- Exposes the full story of Israeli bulldozers burying a Palestinian alive in Hebron: “It was not sufficient for the bulldozer to bury him alive under the garbage, for the Israelis are now denying his wife and children the simplest of human rights, which is to kiss their husband and father goodbye and bury him according to the Sharia.” http://www.pnn.ps/english/archive2006/apr/week1/020406/report1.htm ..... Televangelist John Hagee told Jewish community leaders over the weekend that the 40 million evangelical Christians in the United States support Israel and that he plans to utilize this power to help Israel by launching a Christian pro-Israel lobby. http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/spages/701583.html ==== "If anybody in class talks about any dad, like special times for dad, his tears come down from his eyes, very quietly, very silently ... He's keeping everything inside." (Wife of Guantanamo detainee, Jamil El Banna, on their son, Anas) The Nightmare of Control Orders 'I never believed I would not have freedom, even inside my house... I feel just like I am a dead body. I don't know what will happen to me next day.' Detainee C At a recent meeting held at the House of Lords on 'The nightmare of control orders', lawyers, family members and supporters spoke about the psychological and emotional damage the orders were inducing. Esraia, daughter of Mahmoud Abu Rideh (Mahmoud Abu Rideh, pictured left) Why did you put my dad in prison? He just helped people that needed help. He did not do anything wrong. Dina, wife of Mahmoud Abu Rideh I am Dina, wife of Mahmoud one of the men under control orders, who was arrested in December 2001 and held in Belmarsh High Security Prison. Ann Alexander - Case Studies of Detainees A, B and C I feel completely inadequate describing how the men and their families exist imprisoned in their own homes. I could speak all day and only scratch the surface, so I will limit my account to three of my friends - all Muslims. US Releases Guantanamo Documents After four years of resisting disclosure of information on Guantanamo detainees, the Pentagon changed course on Monday 3rd April and voluntarily released about 2,600 pages of Combatant Status Review Tribunal (CSRT) and Administrative Review Board (ARB) Documents relating to numerous prisoners. ===== All Black Folk Left Behind? by R. Darryl Foxworth When Camus imagined his absurd hero, it is unlikely that the image of black folk served as his inspiration. Yet the Sisyphean nature of Black American struggle suggests that their collective plight might have prepared them well for coronation into the League of Absurd Heroes, taking their rightful place alongside the likes of Don Juan and the Rebel. (Sisyphus, you might recall from Greek myth, is the king of Corinth condemned to an eternity of pushing a large boulder up a hill, only to have it tumble back down each time it nears the top.) Having been inundated my entire life with such tired refrains as "Things ain't as bad as it was when I was comin' up" or "We've made a great deal of progress" or "We've come a long way," I began, at some point in my young life, to question the very rationale employed by those who spoke such sincere rhetoric. Very recently my suspicions were confirmed, as revealed by stories featured in my hometown daily paper, the Baltimore Sun, and in that most venerable of national newspapers, the New York Times .....(full article ) ------ still too many poor, potentially rebellious Black people 'left behind' for the white supremacist murderers,.. Federal gov't says they won't rebuild levees to standard, cites high cost http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/03/30/AR2006033001912.html Excerpt: Donald E. Powell, the administration's rebuilding coordinator, said some areas may be left without the protection of levees strong enough to meet requirements of the national flood insurance program. Those areas probably would face enormous obstacles in attracting home buyers and investors willing to build there. The news represents a shift for the administration; President Bush had pledged in the weeks after Hurricane Katrina to rebuild New Orleans "higher and better." ===== support the amerikan soldiers who rebel, resist and refuse! No yellow ribbons from this ex-marine Ben Tanosborn, Online Journal Guest Writer Almost three years ago, probably in response to one of my scathing articles denouncing US foreign policy, I received an email from a soldier’s mom which became "a keeper." ...ending ..."Regardless of your opinions on both the war and US foreign policy, I hope it’s in your heart to support OUR troops." A most difficult request, indeed! It’s a topic that even the most dedicated anti-war activists amongst us would rather sweep under the carpet. In our daily dealings with family, peers, friends and neighbors, when the subject of "troop support" surfaces, one often accedes to a condescending level of support for the "young soldiers" who are fighting in Iraq, Afghanistan...or just serving in the military.. http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22222&s2=04> ===== Iraqi Resistance Report for events of Sunday, 2 April 2006 Translated and/or compiled by Muhammad Abu Nasr, member, editorial board, the Free Arab Voice. ...In a dispatch posted at 3:55pm Makkah time Sunday afternoon, Mafkarat al-Islam reported that US occupation forces arrested an elderly Iraqi woman of about 70 in Samarra’, about 120km north of Baghdad at about 1:30am Sunday morning. The Samarra’ correspondent for Mafkarat al-Islam reported a relative of Hajjah Fadlah Khalaf as saying that the US troops raided the al-Hawi area in the middle of the city and arrested the elderly woman who is reportedly the mother of one of the Iraqi Resistance commanders. The Americans left a message for the woman’s son, saying that the "honor of your mother depends on you turning yourself in," the source said... ...... to the occupying imperialists, the people of Iraq are the enemy...present of soon-to-be resistance so... MASSACRES BECOME THE NORM By Dahr Jamail t r u t h o u t | Perspective Tuesday 04 April 2006 US soldiers killing innocent civilians in Iraq is not news. Just as it was not news that US soldiers slaughtered countless innocent civilians in Vietnam. However, when some rare reportage of this non news from Iraq does seep through the cracks of the corporate media, albeit briefly, the American public seems shocked. Private and public statements of denial and dismissal immediately start to fill the air. We hear, "American soldiers would never do such a thing," or "Who would make such a ridiculous claim?" It amazes me that so many people in the US today somehow seriously believe that American soldiers would never kill civilians... Iraq today is most certainly an "atrocity-producing situation," as it has been from the very beginning of the occupation. The latest reported war crime, a US military raid on the al-Mustafa Shia mosque in Baghdad on March 26th, which killed at least 16 people, is only one instance of the phenomena that Lifton has spoken of. An AP video of the scene shows male bodies tangled together in a bloody mass on the floor of the Imams' living quarters - all of them with shotgun wounds and other bullet holes. The tape also shows shell casings of the caliber used by the US military scattered about on the floor. An official from the al-Sadr political bloc reported that American forces had surrounded the hospital where the wounded were taken for treatment after the massacre. The slaughter was followed by an instant and predictable disinformation blitz by the US military. The second ranking US commander in Iraq, Lt. Gen. Peter Chiarelli, told reporters "someone went in and made the scene look different from what it was." On March 15th, 11 Iraqis, mostly women and children, were massacred by US troops in Balad. Witnesses told reporters that US helicopters landed near a home, which was then stormed by US troops. Everyone visible was rounded up and taken inside the house where they were killed. The victims' ages ranged from six months to 75 years. The US military acknowledged the raid, but claimed to have captured a resistance fighter and insisted that only four people had been killed. Their claim would have held good but for the discrepancies that the available evidence presents. For one, the photographs that the AP reporter took of the scene reveal a collapsed roof, three destroyed cars and two dead cows. The other indictment comes from the detailed report of the incident prepared by Iraq Police. It matches witness accounts and accuses the American troops of murdering Iraqi civilians. "The American forces gathered the family members in one room and executed 11 persons, including five children, four women and two men. Then they bombed the house, burned three vehicles and killed the animals." The report includes the observation of local medics that all of the bodies had bullet wounds in the head. Ahmed Khalaf, the nephew of one of the victims said, "The killed family was not part of the resistance, [AS THOUGH IT'S OK TO MASSACRE PEOPLE DEFENDING THEIR COUNTRY?-liz] they were women and children [AS THOUGH THERE AREN'T HEROIC WOMEN & CHILDREN RESISTANCE FIGHTERS-liz] . The Americans have promised us a better life, but we get only death." AP photos of the aftermath showed the bodies of five children, two men and four others covered in blankets being driven to a nearby hospital. Reminiscent of Vietnam? Another appalling example of the effect of an "atrocity-producing situation" was experienced last November 19th in Haditha. American troops, in retaliation against a roadside bomb attack, stormed nearby homes and shot dead 15 members of two families, including a three-year-old girl. US military response? All 15 civilians were killed by the blast of the roadside bomb. ... reality refuted their claim when a student of journalism from Haditha showed up with a video tape of the dead, still in their nightclothes. Killing Iraqis in their homes and while they are in bed is not news either, for during the aftermath of the November 2004 assault on Fallujah, scores of Iraqis were killed by US soldiers in this manner . Neither is it news that the US military regularly targets ambulances and medical infrastructure . Khaled Ahmed Rsayef, whose brother and six other relatives were killed by the troops, vividly described the blind frustration of the American soldiers and their impulsive revenge at losing one of their own. "American troops immediately cordoned off the area and raided two nearby houses, shooting at everyone inside. It was a massacre in every sense of the word," said Rasayef. While he was not present at the scene, his 15-year-old niece was and her story was corroborated by other residents of the area who witnessed the carnage. A quick scan of some Arab media reportage for last month exposes further atrocities carried out by US forces in Iraq which find no mention in the corporate media. March 20, the Daily Dar Al-Salam reported: "US forces destroyed houses in Hasibah and displaced the inhabitants. Also, a source at Abu Ghurayb Secondary School said that US forces raided the school for the third time and arrested the guard." In December 2003, I personally witnessed US soldiers raid a secondary school in the al-Amiriyah district of Baghdad and detain 16 children. March 19, Al-Arabia reported: "In another development, seven people, including a woman, were killed in a raid carried out by joint American-Iraqi forces in Al-Dulu'iyah at dawn today. The US Army has so far not confirmed this information." March 9, Al Sharqiyah Television reported: "US troops opened fire at a civilian vehicle as it passed by Al-Hadba district in the western part of Mosul, northern Iraq. The three occupants of the vehicle were martyred in the incident." Throughout the three-year history of the US-led catastrophe that is the occupation of Iraq, we have had one instance after another of brutality meted out to innocent Iraqis, by way of direct executions or bombings from the air, or both. During an attack on a wedding party in May 2004, US troops killed over 40 people, mostly women and children, in a desert village on the Syrian border of Iraq. APTN footage showed fragments of musical instruments, blood stains, the headless body of a child, other dead children and clumps of women's hair in a destroyed house that was bombed by US warplanes. Other photographs showed dead women and children, and an AP reporter identified at least 10 of the bodies as those of children. Relatives who gathered at a cemetery outside of Ramadi, where all the bodies were buried, told reporters that each of the 28 fresh graves contained between one and three bodies. The few survivors of the massacre later recounted how in the middle of the night long after the wedding feast had ended, US jets began raining bombs on their tents and houses. Mrs. Shihab, a 30-year-old woman who survived the massacre, told the Guardian, "We went out of the house and the American soldiers started to shoot us. They were shooting low on the ground and targeting us one by one." She added that she ran with her two little boys before they were all shot, including herself in the leg. "I left them because they were dead," she said of her two little boys, one of whom was decapitated by a shell. "I fell into the mud and an American soldier came and kicked me. I pretended to be dead so he wouldn't kill me." Thereafter, armored military vehicles entered the village, shooting at all the other houses and the people who were starting to assemble in the open. Following these, two Chinook helicopters offloaded several dozen troops, some of who set explosives in one of the homes and a building next to it. Both exploded into rubble as the helicopters lifted off. Mr. Nawaf, one of the survivors, said, "I saw something that nobody ever saw in this world. There were children's bodies cut into pieces, women cut into pieces, men cut into pieces. The Americans call these people foreign fighters. It is a lie. I just want one piece of evidence of what they are saying." Hamdi Noor al-Alusi, the manager of al-Qa'im general hospital, the nearest medical facility to the scene of the slaughter, said that of the 42 killed, 14 were children and 11 women. "I want to know why the Americans targeted this small village," he said, "These people are my patients. I know each one of them. What has caused this disaster?" As usual, the US military ran a disinformation campaign saying the target was a "suspected safe-house" for foreign fighters and denied that any children were killed. The ever pliant US Brig. Gen. Mark Kimmitt told reporters that the troops who reported back from the operation "told us they did not shoot women and children." Topping his ridiculous claim was the statement of Maj. Gen. James Mattis, commander of the 1st Marine Division. "How many people go to the middle of the desert ... to hold a wedding 80 miles (130km) from the nearest civilization?" Perhaps someone should have informed him that these farmers and nomads often "go to the middle of the desert" because they happen to live there. "These were more than two dozen military-age males. Let's not be naïve," Mattis stated before being asked by a reporter to comment on the footage on Arabic television which showed a child's body being lowered into a grave. His brilliant response was: "I have not seen the pictures but bad things happen in wars. I don't have to apologize for the conduct of my men." If the US were a member of the International Criminal Court, Maj. Gen. Mattis may well have been in The Hague right now being tried for aiding and abetting war crimes. How can someone holding an official position like Mattis publicly sanction atrocities? It is about unnatural responses such as these that Dr. Lifton has written extensively. In a piece he wrote for the New England Journal of Medicine in July 2004, Lifton addressed the issue of US doctors being complicit in torturing Iraqis in Abu Ghraib. This article sheds much light on the situation in Iraq. If we substitute "doctors" with "soldiers" it is easy to understand why American soldiers are regularly committing the excesses that we hear of. Lifton writes, "American doctors at Abu Ghraib and elsewhere have undoubtedly been aware of their medical responsibility to document injuries and raise questions about their possible source in abuse. But those doctors and other medical personnel were part of a command structure that permitted, encouraged, and sometimes orchestrated torture to a degree that it became the norm - with which they were expected to comply - in the immediate prison environment." He continues, "The doctors thus brought a medical component to what I call an "atrocity-producing situation" - one so structured, psychologically and militarily, that ordinary people can readily engage in atrocities. Even without directly participating in the abuse, doctors may have become socialized to an environment of torture and by virtue of their medical authority helped sustain it. In studying various forms of medical abuse, I have found that the participation of doctors can confer an aura of legitimacy and can even create an illusion of therapy and healing." I have personally experienced this. Standing with US soldiers at checkpoints and perimeters of operations in Iraq, I have seen them curse and kick Iraqis, heard them threatening to kill even women and children and then look at me as if they had merely said hello to them. My status of journalist did not deter them because they saw no need for checks. Having stood with soldiers anticipating that each moving car would turn into a bomb and each passerby into a suicide bomber, I have tasted the stress and fear these soldiers live with on a daily basis. When one of their fellow soldiers is killed by a roadside bomb, the need for revenge may be directed at anything. And repeated often enough, the process gets socialized. It's about this attitude brought on by the normalization of the abnormal under "atrocity-producing situations" that Dr. Lifton speaks. Unless of course we consider Mattis and others like him to be rare sociopaths who are able to participate in atrocities without suffering lasting emotional harm. And it is this attitude that is responsible for the incessant replication of wanton slaughter and madness in Iraq today. Back in November of 2004, I wrote about 12-year-old Fatima Harouz. She lay dazed in a crowded room in Yarmouk Hospital in Bahgdad, feebly waving her bruised arm at flies. Her shins had been shattered by bullets from US soldiers when they fired through the front door of her home in Latifiya, a small city just south of Baghdad. Small plastic drainage bags filled with red fluid sat upon her abdomen, where she took shrapnel from another bullet. Her mother, who was standing with us, said, "They attacked our home and there weren't even any resistance fighters in our area." Her brother had been shot and killed, and his wife was wounded as their home was ransacked by soldiers. "Before they left, they killed all of our chickens," she added, her eyes a mixture of fear, shock and rage. On hearing the story, a doctor looked at me sternly and asked, "This is the freedom ... in their Disney Land are there kids just like this?" Another wounded young woman in a nearby hospital bed, Rana Obeidy, had been walking home with her brother. She assumed the soldiers shot her and her brother because he was carrying a bottle of soda. This happened in Baghdad. She had a chest wound where a bullet had grazed her, unlike her little brother, whom the bullets had killed. There exist many more such cases. Amnesty International has documented scores of human rights violations committed by US troops in Iraq during the first six months of the occupation. To mention but a few: US troops shot dead and injured scores of Iraqi demonstrators in several incidents. For example, seven people were reportedly shot dead and dozens injured in Mosul on 15 April. At least 15 people, including children, were shot dead and more than 70 injured in Fallujah on 29 April. Two demonstrators were shot dead outside the Republican Palace in Baghdad on 18 June. On 14 May, two US armed vehicles broke through the perimeter wall of the home of Sa'adi Suleiman Ibrahim al-'Ubaydi in Ramadi. Soldiers beat him with rifle butts and then shot him dead as he tried to flee. US forces shot 12-year-old Mohammad al-Kubaisi as they carried out search operations around his house in the Hay al-Jihad area in Baghdad on 26 June. He was carrying the family bedding to the roof of his house when he was shot. Neighbors tried to rush him to the nearby hospital by car, but US soldiers stopped them and ordered them to go back. By the time they returned to his home, Mohammad al-Kubaisi was dead. On 17 September, a 14-year-old boy was killed and six people were injured when US troops opened fire at a wedding party in Fallujah. On 23 September, three farmers, 'Ali Khalaf, Sa'adi Faqri and Salem Khalil, were killed and three others injured when US troops opened a barrage of gunfire reportedly lasting for at least an hour in the village of al-Jisr near Fallujah. A US military official stated that this happened when the troops came under attack but this was vehemently denied by relatives of the dead. Later that day, US military officials reportedly went to the farmhouse, took photographs and apologized to the family. This last incident ended in a way similar to the one I covered in Ramadi in November, 2003. On the 23rd of that month during Ramadan, US soldiers raided a home where a family was just sitting down together to break their fast. Three men of the family had their hands tied behind them with plastic ties and were laid on the ground face down while the women and children were made to stand inside a nearby storage closet. Khalil Ahmed, 30 years old, the brother of two of the victims and cousin with a third, wept when he described to me how after executing the three men the soldiers completely destroyed the home , using Humvees with machine guns, small tanks, and gunfire from the many troops on foot and helicopters. "We don't know the reason why the soldiers came here. They didn't tell us the reason. We don't know why they killed our family members." Khalil seemed to demand an answer from me. "There are no weapons in this house, there are no resistance fighters. So why did these people have to die? Why?" Khalil told me that the day after the executions took place, soldiers returned to apologize. They handed him a cake saying they were sorry that they had been given wrong information by someone that told them there were resistance fighters in their house. This is only a very small sampling. The only way to prevent any of this from being repeated ad infinitum is to remove US soldiers from their "atrocity-producing situation" in Iraq. For it is clearer than ever that the longer the failed, illegal occupation persists, the larger will be the numbers of Iraqis slaughtered by the occupation forces. This piece originally published on Truthout . ..... Iraq's US/UK Permanent Bases: intentional Obfuscation By Sarah Meyer Index Research http://indexresearch.blogspot.com/2006/04/iraqs-usuk-permanent-bases-intentional.html Monday, April 03, 2006 There is Pentagon and US governmental obfuscation surrounding United States permanent bases in Iraq. Whilst Donald Rumsfeld, US Secretary of Defence, continues to deny a permanent US presence there, the facts appear to contradict his statements. In February 2002, Zoltan Grossman wrote the following cogent perception entitled New US Bases: Side Effects or Causes of War? “Even if this administration pulls combat troops out of Iraq in the future, it intends to keep at least four large permanent military bases, and access or 'basing rights' to many smaller bases, to keep control over oil supplies and shipments, support counterinsurgency operations, and to use Iraq as a launching pad against Iran or Syria. The only way that Washington can avoid this impression is to explicitly renounce any future permanent military bases in Iraq." On 19 April 2003, A NY Times headline said: “A NATION AT WAR: STRATEGIC SHIFT; PENTAGON EXPECTS LONG-TERM ACCESS TO KEY IRAQ BASES. … “military officials … spoke of maintaining perhaps four bases in Iraq that could be used in the future: one at the international airport just outside Baghdad; another at Tallil, near Nasiriya in the south; the third at an isolated airstrip called H-1 in the western desert, along the old oil pipeline that runs to Jordan; and the last at the Bashur air field in the Kurdish north. On the 21st of April Rumsfeld said in a press briefing “I have never, that I can recall, heard the subject of a permanent base in Iraq discussed in any meeting … we don't plan to function as an occupier, we don't plan to prescribe to any new government how we ought to be arranged in their country… We have no desire to be there for long periods, we simply don't. And that's just a cold, hard fact." On 23 March 2004, Christine Spolar said in The Chicago Tribune that there was a “long term military presence planned” in Iraq. “U.S. engineers are focusing on constructing 14 "enduring bases," long-term encampments for the thousands of American troops expected to serve in Iraq for at least two years. The bases also would be key outposts for Bush administration policy advisers.” Major Kimmitt said, “This is a blueprint for how we could operate in the Middle East." The US was making plans for Iraqi bases in Baghdad, Mosul, Taji, Balad, Kirkuk and in areas near Nasiriyah, near Tikrit, near Fallujah and between Irbil and Kirkuk. There were also plans “to renovate and enhance airfields in Baghdad and Mosul, and rebuild 70 miles of road on the main route for U.S. troops headed north.” In June ’04, major construction (Parsons / KRB) at Taji Military Base was completed. Major construction on other US bases continued. In August 2004, an order was issued to vacate the former presidential palaces in Mosul, Tikrit, Ramadi, Basra and Baghdad, but this order was rescinded in 11.04. No further news … September ’04, and Rumsfeld was speaking before the Senate Armed Forces Committee. “Rearranging our global posture … is essential to our success,” he said. On 30 September, Dick Francis of the Christian Science Monitor quotes Jessica Mathews, president of the Washington’s Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, as saying that permanent bases in Iraq are a “disastrously bad idea.” In February 2005, Rumsfeld reported again to the Senate Armed Services Committee: "we have no intention, at the present time, of putting permanent bases in Iraq.” In April 2005, a new report from the Congressional Research Service, commissioned by Congressman Dennis Kuchinich, showed “that the United States is investing hundreds of millions of dollars in the construction of "long-term" bases in Iraq … some projects … suggest substantial U.S. investment to improve facilities that could be used for the longer-term." These long-term projects in Iraq include, $214 million for the Balad Air Base and $49 million for the Taji Military Complex. The March-April ’05 Mother Jones report by Joshua Hammer fully discusses ‘enduring bases’, and contains interesting quotes from General Garner, Bremer, General Zinni, Brig. Gen. Pollman, Karen Kwiatkowski and Jessica Matthews of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace in Washington, D.C., who said: "It will convince people across the Arab world that we went there to install an American regime in the Middle East." On 22.05.05, Bradley Graham wrote in the Washington Post that Commanders were planning “eventual consolidation of US Bases in Iraq.” This “entailed the construction of longer-lasting facilities at the sites, including barracks and office structures made of concrete block instead of the metal trailers and tin-sheathed buildings that have become the norm at bigger U.S. bases in Iraq… But they said the consolidation plan was not meant to establish a permanent U.S. military presence in Iraq.” Congress approved an $82m supplemental ‘war spending bill’, also in May ’05. In the summer of 2005, a Kuwaiti firm was ‘awarded’ the $592million contract for the new US embassy in Baghdad, to be completed by 2007. Built to withstand attack, this Ozymandius on the Tigris, composed of a cluster of 21 buildings, will have “a gym, swimming pool, barber and beauty shops, a food court and a commissary. In addition to the main embassy buildings, there will be a large-scale US Marine barracks, a school, locker rooms, a warehouse, a vehicle maintenance garage, and six apartment buildings with a total of 619 one-bedroom units. Water, electricity and sewage treatment plants will all be independent from Baghdad's city utilities. The total site will be two-thirds the area of the National Mall in Washington, DC.” It will be the largest US embassy in the world. By mid-2005, the U.S. military had 106 ‘forward operating bases’ in Iraq, including what the Pentagon calls 14 "enduring" bases (twelve of which are located on the map) – all of which were to be consolidated into “perhaps” four bases that could be used in the future.2” By 2006, 34 of the (now admitted) 110 bases had been vacated.3 Two palaces in Tikrit and one in Mosul were due to be turned over to the government in Iraq at the end of 2005. No further news … In an Agence France report on 11 March ‘06, Zalmay Khalilzad, one of the signers of the 1998 PNAC letter to President Clinton supporting regime change in Iraq, and since November ’05 the US ambassador in Baghdad, said his country “did not want permanent military bases in Iraq and that he was willing to talk to Iran about the war-torn country's future.” Oil anarchy threatens Iraq's future suggested a Reuters headline. “Rampant corruption and political anarchy have pushed Iraq's oil industry to the brink of collapse and may drive away the experts needed to save it.” On the same day (15.03), another Reuters report said that “While the Bush administration has downplayed prospects for permanent U.S. bases in Iraq, Gen. John Abizaid told a House of Representatives subcommittee he could not rule that out.” Abizaid also said the “United States and its allies have a vital interest in the oil-rich region ... Ultimately it comes down to the free flow of goods and resources on which the prosperity of our own nation and everybody else in the world depend." Also on the 15th, 700 more US troops from Kuwait were being dispatched to Iraq. On 16 March ’06, the US Congress passed the Lee-Allen-Hinchey-Schakowsky Amendment, assuring that "None of the funds in this Act may be used by the US government to enter into a basing rights agreement between the United States and Iraq."4 An April Senate vote is pending. Peter Spiegal picked up this thread in his Los Angeles Times story, ‘Bush's Requests for Iraqi Base Funding Make Some Wary of Extended Stay,’ quoting the exorbitant DoD expenditures on US bases in Iraq. 20 March ’06: White House Press Conference Q.: “…will there come a day when there will be no more American forces in Iraq?” THE PRESIDENT: “That, of course, is an objective, and that will be decided by future Presidents and future governments of Iraq.” 21 March: Charles Hanley of the Associated Press, after visiting US bases in Iraq, said that “Elaborate U.S. bases raise long-term questions.” Zinni, a former Centcom chief, said of long term bases: “It's a stupid idea and clearly politically unacceptable.” Hanley says, “In early 2006, no one's confirming such next steps, but a Balad "master plan," details undisclosed, is nearing completion, a possible model for al-Asad, Tallil and a fourth major base, al-Qayyarah in Iraq's north.” Except for Balad, these are different ‘permanent’ bases than those first mentioned in 2003. Prime Minister Blair also has the habit of obscuring his intentions. One can almost be sure that if he, or a member of his government, says, “there is no plan …”, there IS, indeed, a plan. We read on the 28.02.06, in Hansard, the following written question, followed by the written answer from Adam Ingram, Minister of State (Armed Forces), Ministry of Defence: "Mr. Salmond: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what discussions he has had with his US counterparts over their plans to set up 14 permanent military bases in Iraq. [218827] Mr. Ingram: Ministers at the Ministry of Defence are in continuous dialogue with all of our allies, including the United States, on a range of issues. My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Defence has had no discussions with his US counterparts on plans to set up permanent military bases in Iraq." On 2 April 06, Andrew Buncombe wrote an article with a new twist in the The Independent entitled: “US and UK forces establish 'enduring bases' in Iraq.” A spokesperson for the coalition forces, Major Breasseale, said: "The current plan is to reduce the coalition footprint into six consolidation bases - four of which are US ... We have no intention of remaining, or indeed retaining bases in Iraq long-term.” The number of remaining US bases is now stated as being 75, one less than in 2005. We still have no firm idea of the US time-scale in Iraq. We now also have the confirmed confusion of “enduring” (that favourite PNAC word) UK bases in Iraq. And, surprise, surprise - ‘Our Tony’ had not informed the UK about this UK/Iraq agenda. We shall hopefully soon have another ‘leaked’ memo. The US (and now apparently also that of the UK) administration’s subterfuge is transparent. The US building of bases in Iraq continues5, whilst any thought of US construction or humanitarian programme benefiting the Iraqi people is in the dustbin. The US government does not care about the Iraqi people. The US cares only about controlling Iraqi oil pipelines, pacifying its soldiers with comfortable mod coms and making a different kind of ‘killing’ from corporate DoD deals. Keeping Iraq in a perpetual state of violence, keeping Osama bin Laden alive (even if he is dead) is beneficial to the US government and its octopussy corporate purse-strings. Other Source Material 1. 13.03.06. Dahr Jamail, uruknet Iraq: Permanent US Colony 2. 30 March 2006 Iraq bases spur questions over US plans 3. Ozymandius by: Percy Bysshe Shelley “I met a traveler from an antique land Who said: "Two vast and trunkless legs of stone Stand in the desert... Near them, on the sand, Half sunk a shattered visage lies, whose frown, And wrinkled lip, and sneer of cold command, Tell that its sculptor well those passions read Which yet survive, stamped on these lifeless things, The hand that mocked them and the heart that fed; And on the pedestal these words appear: My name is Ozymandius, King of Kings, Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair! Nothing beside remains. Round the decay Of that colossal wreck, boundless and bare The lone and level sands stretch far away.” Footnotes [1] Further maps [2] Baghdad International Airport; Tallil; H1; Bashur air field. [3] Hanley, Charles, AP, 21.03.06 [4] Roll call vote (Democrats in italics) Abercrombie, Baldwin, Blackburn, Blumenauer, Campbell (CA), Cannon, Capps, Clay, Coble, Conyers, Cooper, Costello, Cubin, Deal (GA), Eshoo, Farr, Flake, Frank (MA), Gohmert, Grijalva, Gutierrez, Hensarling, Hinchey, Holt, Inslee, Jackson-Lee (TX), Johnson, Sam, King (IA), Kucinich, Lee, Lewis (GA), Maloney, Markey, McCollum (MN), McDermott, McGovern, McHenry, McKinney, McNulty, Meehan, Michaud, Miller, George, Moore (WI), Neal (MA), Neugebauer, Olver, Owens, Pallone, Paul, Payne, Pence, Petri, Rangel, Rothman, Schakowsky, Sensenbrenner, Serrano, Solis, Stark, Tancredo, Thompson (CA), Tierney, Velázquez, Waters, Watson, Watt, Waxman, Weiner, Westmoreland, Woolsey, Wu [5] How American Contractors With The Help Of U.S. Government Raped Iraq. Iraq’s Missing Billions. The url to Iraq's US/UK Bases: Intentional Obfuscation is: http://indexresearch.blogspot.com/2006/04/iraqs-usuk-permanent-bases-intentional.html Sarah Meyer is a researcher living in Sussex, UK. http://indexresearch.blogspot.com email: sarahnmeyer@yahoo.com Dear reader, I would much appreciate a donation. I am now retired. Researching material for this blog is my passion. Thank you very much. Recently updated Index on Afghanistan On the Hop Pentagon and Main Stream Media Censorship Prisons and Torture in Iraq Torture and Task Force 121 In-Depth Research Articles PNAC: Part II - "Special Interests" - The Persian Gulf PNAC: Part I - Blueprint for Imperialism Index on Afghanistan Siberian ShadowLands Part 1 Siberian ShadowLands Part 2 Siberian ShadowLands Part 3 Basra Shadowlands Previous Posts PNAC: Rebuilding America's Defenses - A Biopsy on Imperialism; Part II: "Special Interests" - The Persian Gulf Torture and Task Force 121 PRISONS AND TORTURE IN IRAQ PNAC: Rebuilding America's Defenses - A Biopsy on Imperialism; Part I: Blueprint for Imperialism Pentagon and Main Stream Media Censorship INDEX ON AFGHANISTAN Afghanistan: The NATO Quagmire The American Imperial Plan and the Iraqi Oil Ministry Siberian Shadowlands - Part 3 Siberian Shadowlands - Part 2 This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License. posted by Sarah Meyer @ 10:17 PM ==== THE FIRST 911? Federal Judge Agrees that Government Had Infiltrated Oklahoma City Bomb Conspirators Monday 3rd April 2006 Michael P. Wright -- Norman, Oklahoma, USA -- mpwright9@aol.com In Utah, U.S. District Judge Dale Kimball is presiding over a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit in which attorney Jesse Trentadue has been attempting to extract more documents from the FBI for disclosure of what it has been concealing about the 1995 bombing of the federal building in Oklahoma City. In a recent order (3/29/06), Kimball made this statement, with reference to an FBI teletype: "Plaintiff points out the fact that this document indicates that there was an undercover operative in with Timothy McVeigh and members of various militia groups who aided and supported McVeigh..." Here is a scan of this page of the judge’s order: http://www.bellaciao.org/en/IMG/jpg... Recognizing that there was an informant among the bombers suggests the realization that the FBI was aware that there was a plan underway to destroy the building and did not prevent it. The statement also recognizes that McVeigh had other helpers besides Terry Nichols, and they have not been indicted. After someone asked Kimball if he were "endorsing conspiracy theories," Kimball decided to revise the language in the order and attribute these claims only to plaintiff Trentadue. See this Washington Post article: http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dy... Plaintiff Trentadue’s concerns were originally focused on the fact that his brother, Ken Trentadue, was found dead in an isolation jail cell while in federal custody for a parole violation. "While officials ruled the death a suicide," says Kimball’s order, "Plaintiff unearthed significant evidence of foul play." Trentadue believes that his brother had a strong resemblance to Richard Guthrie, who was allegedly one of McVeigh’s accomplices, and that he was mistaken for Guthrie by federal agents who beat him to death while he was incarcerated. See this scan from the order: http://www.bellaciao.org/en/IMG/jpg... Other highlights from the order are these claims by the Plaintiff Trentadue, who as attorney is representing himself: 1. the FBI and the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) had conducted a sting operation at a white supremacist compound in Oklahoma known as Elohim City, a paramilitary training camp visited by McVeigh; 2. the FBI knew, through it’s informant, that the Murrah building would be bombed and did not prevent the attack; 3. the FBI might have even trained McVeigh and the others who planned and carried out the attack. See page 3 of the order: http://www.bellaciao.org/en/IMG/jpg... ==== The Weekly Holla from www.SeeingBlack.com April 4, 2006 Talkback Tuesdays--Rape as a Hate Crime The Black community of Durham, N.C. is closely watching the police investigation into charges by a Black mother of two that she was raped, sodomized, strangled and robbed by three White members of Duke University's lacrosse team who also spewed racial epithets at her. The woman, a student at North Carolina Central University, was hired to perform as an exotic dancer at a party held last month by the team at a home rented from Duke. At rallies held at NCCU, fellow students of the accuser have called the alleged attack a "hate crime" in addition to a sexual assault. What do you think? Talk back! More at www.SeeingBlack.com Direct Link: http://www.seeingblack.com/board/viewtopic.php?p=397#397 Events What is going to happen...? Something wonderful! On April 9, 2006, Paul Robeson's birthday, SeeingBlack.com will celebrate its fifth anniversary at Busboys and Poets in Washington, DC and with the unveiling of our new format. We would love to see everyone who can come! We thank all the contributors who have supported the fundraiser thus far. Because of them, we were able to update the site. SeeingBlack.com has been nurtured along by its founder, a self-employed single parent, for as long as possible. In order to survive, the site is changing to a new engine that will allow it to be updated more often, more easily and at less cost. Please support your Black-owned, independent media with an annual subscription donation of at least $25 Thanks to our users and sponsors, we have been able to raise nearly half of our goal of $5,000 for this effort. You are Cordially Invited to: SeeingBlack.com's Funky Fifth Anniversary Celebration-Fundraiser/ Paul Robeson Birthday Party Sunday, April 9, 4-7 pm Busboys and Poets 2021 14th St., NW (14th and V Streets) Washington, DC 20009 Featuring the Live Premiere of the 'Seeing Black Daily Show,' with Esther Iverem, Mark Anthony Neal, Makani Themba Nixon, Patricia Elam, Carol Chastang, Karen Juanita Carrillo and more... Don't miss 'fake news' on the black hand side. Writers, poets, artists, movie stars (sike) and more! All proceeds to benefit SeeingBlack.com's redevelopment and new format. Please support your Black-owned, independent media. New Reviews File TV/Film-Click on New Reviews 'ATL' ...“ATL” is a likeable though roughhewn addition to the tradition of urban coming-of-age dramas. Starring the rapper T.I. and based on a story by Antwone Fisher (author of his own autobiographical story and screenplay), “ATL” updates the genre for those born in the late 80’s or early 90’s. It offers a portrait, which though sketchy, is a more realistic vision of the majority of hardworking urban Black working class young men and families who are not caught up in the drug game or other illegal activities. More at www.SeeingBlack.com Direct Link: http://www.seeingblack.com/board/viewtopic.php?t=52 'Inside Man' "...Though set in the present day, the production has a whiff of nostalgia, as if taking a style cue from the comic strip “Dick Tracy.” Like Detective Tracy, Frazier sports a brimmed hat. There are lots of men’s only environments: Madeline passes through a men’s room to reach a private barbershop where she meets with the bank president. The police and city government function as primarily a men’s club where coarse language, especially as related to a women’s sexuality, is used. The women in the production, with the exception of hard-edged Madeline, are ornamental, vampish characters that recall the glory days of romance serials. A cop’s ex-wife comes into the police trailer in a tight dress with a small shopping bag full of tickets she’d like fixed. Frazier’s girlfriend, also a cop, spends a lot of time trying to interest her man in sex and an engagement ring. When we last see her, she’s on her back..." More at www.SeeingBlack.com Direct Link: http://www.seeingblack.com/board/viewtopic.php?t=52 'Dirty' Watching a movie about a dirty cop is a lot like watching a monster movie. There is something unspeakable before us, a violation of the law by the literal “law” itself. And, like the monster movie, the dirty cop movie must, all at the same time, scare us, entertain us and offer us new ways of considering the monster. There is, perhaps, the additional requirement that we think about the harm to the people who are supposedly protected by the police—but who are not protected at all. With all these requirements in mind, the new film “Dirty” is an interesting effort that comes up short until its intriguing end—which comes too late to save it. By then, we have grown tired of Cuba Gooding Jr. acting way over the top, as if in some White man’s interpretation of what an ignorant Black man really is. (How many times can one man put “MF” into a sentence? Can all of life be filtered through metaphors about oral sex?) More at www.SeeingBlack.com Direct Link: http://www.seeingblack.com/board/viewtopic.php?t=52 Fighting the Power in ‘V for Vendetta’ Whatever you think of the Wachowski Brothers, credit them with not backing away from big issues and ideas in their movies. In “V for Vendetta,” the first major film from the brothers since “The Matrix,” a masked avenging hero is determined to rouse the public to stand up against a British government that has morphed into a military dictatorship... More at www.SeeingBlack.com Direct Link: http://www.seeingblack.com/board/viewtopic.php?t=52

Monday, April 03, 2006

"WE ARE ALL ILLEGALS":global repression & resistance from Palestine, Iraq & Iran to the U.S. 'belly of the beast':

4/3/6 "WE ARE ALL ILLEGALS": global repression & resistance from Palestine, Iraq & Iran to the U.S. 'belly of the beast': Divide and rule http://abutamam.blogspot.com/2006/04/divide-and-rule.html Below are three articles. The first two are serious and highly commendable reading. "Since 9 April 2003, the US has been trying to foment sectarian tendencies. This may explain the tensions we see today. Doctrinal differences within Islam were never a big deal. Islam is open to many interpretations after all. Shias and Sunnis are more united by religion than divided by interpretation. Islam has also been a uniting force for Kurds and Arabs. This is not something that occupiers wished to encourage. The occupiers adopted a policy of divide and rule. The US had only one post-war scenario, and it was based on pitting Sunni against Shia. The moment the occupation was complete, the countdown to civil war began. The media spoke of parallels between Lebanon and Iraq. And every single incident in the country was portrayed as having sectarian origins. Meanwhile, the country became a stage for account settling. Anyone with an axe to grind -- Iran, Syria, Al-Qaeda, to mention just a few -- got involved. Israel, many claim, has been involved in the assassination of the country's top professionals. As the violence spread, it became harder to draw the line between legitimate resistance and acts of wilful mayhem. Terrorists chose their targets in cold blood. Their aim was to divide the Iraqis, to drive a wedge between Sunni and Shia, and to bring the country to its knees. The turbulence in Al-Madaen and the bombings of the Shia mausoleums were not random acts; people who don't want the Iraqis to remain united carefully planned them. Do we have a civil war in Iraq? To this moment, the answer is no. Rampant violence? Yes. Innocent victims? Certainly. Political vacuum? Without doubt. But no civil war. Iraqi politics is being mishandled, for our politicians have so far failed to step up to their responsibilities. Iraq needs leaders who can reassure the public and keep the nation together. Neighbours can help by encouraging unity rather than sedition. The US has taken us down a road of sectarian strife and now its troops are standing by, waiting to see what's next. This doesn't look good. The scene of political division is quite alarming. The scene of leaders jockeying for power is actually dismal. It's been two months since the elections, and yet we cannot get a government together.What we have in this country is not civil war, but a lack of credible leadership. We all are aware of the plots against our country, and some of our best minds have already advised caution and restraint. What we need to do is defuse the situation. We know that regional and international powers are trying to divide us, and we need to prove them wrong. We need to rebuild this country. We can do it. We can present an Iraqi model, just as the Americans said. We can offer a model of democracy, freedom and human rights. It's all up to us." Divide and rule by Sawsan Al-Assaf 16 - 22 March 2006 "Is Iraq heading toward disintegration? The question is asked frequently by observers, never mind their attitude toward Iraq and Iraqis. The question implies more fundamental ones: is Iraq an artificial state? Or is it built on certain necessary foundations? If these foundations are no longer valid, should Iraq disintegrate?Iraq as a state and a civilization has existed well back in history. Deep-rooted civilizations, be they in the north, middle or south, came into being not because some power interest required them to but as a result of natural evolution. Even in modern history, when the Ottoman Empire introduced the villayet system it could not separate the three villayets of Mosul, Baghdad and Basra. Indeed, the British occupation formed the new Iraqi state according to these lines after cutting out some of its territories. One should remember that after signing the Sykes-Picot treaty, the British found that it was not realistic and changed their minds. This was not an accidental decision. The British strategists and political officers who controlled Iraq found that for economic and strategic reasons Iraq should be formed in the way it was. They realized that the north of Iraq could not subsist without the riches of the south and the south could not be defended without the natural boundaries of the north. I believe all these factors are still valid today. ......." Not because of our blue eyes by Saad N. Jawad, March 30, 2006 And the third one fits the Arabic proverb: "The worst aspect of a tragedy .. is that it induces humor "So, who’s responsible for the current violence in Iraq? Who’s responsible for Americans’ disdain of the war? Depends on who you talk to. Rumsfeld blames the U.S. press for not reporting more happy stories. Cheney cites the Iraq-al Qaeda connection which led up to 9/11 to justify the invasion. (He’s obviously been inhaling gunpowder, again.) Perhaps Bush has the freshest take on who to pin the blame on: Saddam Hussein. Ayup. This is all Saddam’s fault. Speaking, last week, before Freedom House, Bush was delusional even by his standards. “The enemies of a free Iraq are employing the same tactics Saddam used, killing and terrorizing the Iraqi people in an effort to foment sectarian division,” Bush declared. Uh, no. But, oh, Hell. The facts be damned. “Iraq is a nation that is physically and emotionally scarred by three decades of Saddam’s tyranny,” Bush felt compelled to blurt. Bush put rose-colored glasses on his “straw-man” argument and let ‘er rip: “Today, some Americans ask whether removing Saddam caused the divisions and instability we’re now seeing. In fact, much of the animosity and violence we now see is the legacy of Saddam Hussein. He is a tyrant who exacerbated sectarian divisions to keep himself in power. Iraq is a nation with many ethnic and religious and sectarian and regional and tribal divisions. Before Saddam Hussein, Iraqis from different communities managed to live together. Even today, many Iraqi tribes have both Sunni and Shia branches. And in many small towns with mixed populations, there’s often only one mosque where Sunni and Shia worship together. Intermarriage is also common with mixed families that include Arabs and Kurds and Sunnis and Shia and Turkmen, Assyrians, and Chaldeans.” He’s been reading “The Arabian Nights” again as history. Although he admitted “The kidnappings and brutal executions and beheadings are very disturbing,” (‘ya think?) he thought we were making great progress. Then, assuming the role of School Marm-in-Chief, he admonished the current Iraqi government: “I want the Iraqi people to hear I’ve got great confidence in their capacity to self govern,” Bush said. “I also want the Iraqi people to hear — it’s about time you get a unity government going. In other words, Americans understand you’re newcomers to the political arena. But pretty soon its time to shut her down and get governing (sic)..." Sugar plumbs and depleted uranium March 31, 2006 See the videos on Bush's "shutting her down", and the top ten of Bush's pearls of wisdom ==== On the Occupation’s Third Anniversary: What did Iraqis Gain from the ‘Liberation’? :: mohammed ali :: These days see the third year since the beginning of the tragedy of the catastrophe of the invasion-turned-occupation by the world’s most aggressive countries. The Iraqi people have never experienced such a catastrophe over the course of their ancient and modern history. The invasion, its subsequent occupation and installation of a puppet regime in Iraq is a by-product of the wanton intentions of the colonialist powers and their disrespect to recognised international law. These colonial powers invaded and now occupy Iraq in order to force their control and influence on the region as whole by first subjugating the Iraqi people first. Let’s take a quick look at occupied Iraq today... http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22152&s2=01 ------ The shattering of the Iraqi education system, yet again http://abutamam.blogspot.com/2006/03/shattering-of-iraqi-education-system.html "It is a well established fact that Iraq's ancient civilisations have significantly contributed to the development of human culture since the dawn of history. From the first codified laws of Babylon's King Hammurabi (now on display in the Louvre Museum in Paris) to the first inscribed proof of Pythagoras Theorem etched on a baked clay tablet that predates Pythagoras by many centuries, Iraq has played a key role in education with Baghdad evolving as a centre of learning well before the Middle Ages. It was in Iraq that the first university in the world -- Al-Mustansiriyah School -- was established in 1227. Its building was intact and well preserved, until the US-led invasion; it suffered -- as the rest of Iraq's historical and cultural sites -- destruction and negligence. Thousands of students in science, literature and religious studies had graduated from Al-Mustansiriyah School. The school led the valuable translation campaign of the Greek and Roman scientific and philosophical achievements that spurred the Western revival. The scourge of the Mongol invasion in 1258 destroyed Baghdad's canal network (American aerial bombardments in 1991 and 2003 similarly destroyed Iraq's industrial and health infrastructure) and sacked and burned its schools and libraries. Ink spilled from destroyed books turned the Tigris River's water into blue colour. The Mongols slaughtered 80,000 men, women and children -- a scenario that has been unfolding in Iraq since 2003. Illiteracy and cultural darkness befell Baghdad and other cities of Iraq under Ottoman occupation for the next several centuries. Hence, at the turn of the last century (1900), Iraqi professionals were a rare breed. Save for the learned religious elders and their schools near the holy shrines and mosques, there were no Iraqi doctors, pharmacists, engineers, science teachers and other professionals. There were only a few elementary schools, run by members of the Iraqi Jewish and Christian communities, a few linguistic and historic scholars and a few newspapers. During the Turkish-Ottoman rule, some Iraqi officers were sent to Turkey for further studies in order to join the Ottoman army. The officers began to trickle back to Baghdad during WWI and especially after the collapse of the Ottoman Empire, which was member of the axis. Those officers formed the backbone of the Iraqi state that began to take shape during the 1920s under the auspices of the British colonial rule. Education quickly became a prime objective to the emerging state, as the nascent government's organisations were keen to assign Iraqis civil positions. A programme was implemented to send Iraqi students on government scholarships to the UK and the US. The first PhD holders returned from the UK in the early 1930s. Coinciding with that, many well-to-do Iraqi families also sent their sons and daughters to the American University of Beirut to obtain their professional BSc degrees. In the ensuing few decades, thousands of government scholarships were granted to the students who achieved high scores in the state-wide high school Baccalaureate examination which was administered uniformly all over Iraq, including all major and minor cities. Notably, the selection of the qualified students was based on academic achievement and was decidedly non-sectarian. The tempo of sending Iraqi students abroad for graduate studies gained momentum in the 1950s and into the 1970s, especially after the nationalising of Iraq's oil in 1971. The momentum faltered as a result of the financial difficulties resulting from the Iraq-Iran war in the 1980s and was further disfigured by giving undue weight to Baath Party nominees, despite their relatively poor academic achievement, such as the case of ex-prime minister Iyad Allawi. Iraq's education system took into consideration the necessity to diversify the sources of knowledge and academic experience. The higher education scholarships were not any more restricted to the US and the UK. Qualified students were sent to educational institutions to other centres of learning such as in the Soviet Union, France, and Eastern Europe. The government scholarship programme provided Iraq with thousands of professionals who returned to Iraq from abroad and formed the cornerstone of Iraq's relatively high-quality educational system, which attracted many Arab students from neighbouring Arab states to finish their university studies in Iraq. It is worth mentioning, since the revolution of 1958 which abolished the monarchy in Iraq; education in Iraq has been free for Iraqis and non-Iraqi Arabs, up to and including university level. Those scientists and engineers, backed by political resolve, also spearheaded the strident advances in Iraq's scientific and technical achievements. By the end of the 1970s, and as a result of a concerted political determination, the literacy rate, for both men and woman, reached more than 90 per cent. However, two decades of wars followed by 13-year severe economic sanctions (1990-2003) left Iraq's education system in disrepair, enrolment dropped, and literacy levels stagnated. Iraq's adult literacy rate is now one of the lowest in all Arab countries. The dilapidating impact of the sanctions on the education and research capabilities in Iraq can best be exemplified by the UN banning Iraq from importing scientific or technical text books, periodicals and journals. Iraqi academics and professionals were intentionally isolated from scientific development for 13 years, by an international organisation. The rate of deterioration and fragmentation of the Iraqi education system was compounded by two major insidious outcomes in the aftermath of the American-led occupation that resulted in the looting and destruction of 84 per cent of Iraqi universities; the liquidation of university professors and the implementation of sectarian attitudes and practices among students. (added emphasis) As early as mid-April, 2003, one month after the 2003 invasion, a number of Iraqi scientists and university professors sent an SOS e-mail to the international community warning that the American occupation forces were threatening their lives. Later that month, a retired French general told the French TV Channel 5 on April 18 that some 150 Israeli commandoes are currently inside Iraq on a mission to assassinate 500 Iraqi scientists. A year later, in October 2004, in a seminar held in Cairo, it was reported that more than 310 Iraqi scientists are thought to have perished at the hands of Israeli secret agents in Iraq since the fall of Baghdad to US troops in April 2003. The experts said they had detected an organised campaign aimed at "liquidating Iraqi scientists" in the past 18 months and most of them pointed the finger at the Israeli secret police service, the Mossad. Recent concerted effort to document these killings by the Brussels Tribunal has managed, so far, to state: "Even according to conservative estimates, over 250 educators have been assassinated, and many hundreds more have disappeared." An incomplete list details 168 of them. Nobody has yet been apprehended for any of these killings. Among the students, sectarianism has further cast a pall on university campuses. "Deans and university officials usually turn a blind eye to sectarian rallies and banners raised by students, and allow students to hold religious ceremonies on campuses, which entrench sectarianism,' said Ahmed Al-Hamawi, a member of the self-styled League of Youths and Students. "Are you a Sunni or a Shia?" has become a basic question Iraqi students ask each other nowadays. "When my son tries to make friends with classmates, they first ask him whether he is a Sunni or a Shia. We never experienced such sectarianism before the US-led occupation," fumed the father of a student at Basra University. Many Iraqi students who have recently graduated from universities are flocking to immigrate instead of expending their talents and efforts in Iraq as unemployment soars. School in obliterated Fallujah The haemorrhage of the educational system in Iraq is severe, and no American band-aid would suffice. The most apparent contribution of the American "educational consultants' that were attached to the Education Ministry that resulted in contracts awarded to American institutions to revamp the educational textbooks was to eradicate any mention of Saddam Hussein and the Baath Party, remove references to Iraqi soldiers defending Iraq, replace the word Zionists by Jews and reduce the mention of Palestine and its occupation. Just as the returning of Iraqi officers from defeated Turkey during World War I, so there are now many Iraqi professionals abroad who would be ready to seed the second revitalisation of Iraq's educational system for the coming generations. But this has become impossible under an American occupation concerned more for its own security in Iraq than the legitimate interests of the Iraqi people." Teaching tyranny 30 March-5 April 2006 ------ The government has slashed subsidised food, despite rising poverty. By Daud Salman in Baghdad (ICR No. 170, 29-Mar-06) A government decision to cut food rations has hurt poor Iraqis who cannot afford high prices on the open market, say economists and Baghdad residents. Despite rising poverty, the government has decided to cut the food ration budget from four to three billion US dollars in 2006, as the country shifts from a socialist to a free market economy. The Iraqi government has provided subsidies on basic food items such as flour and sugar for decades. The United Nations expanded the programme when the country was under crippling economic sanctions. However, subsidies have now been cut on staples including salt, soap and beans... ...... Each of us is holding his shroud by his hands, awaiting death… A FAMILY IN BAGHDAD Faiza Al-Arji http://afamilyinbaghdad.blogspot.com/2006_03_26_afamilyinbaghdad_archive.html The situation in Iraq is very dangerous currently; there are street fights in Baghdad and other cities, the connections are cut-off, the occupation forces closed the Internet Cafés in the hot towns, like Sammara'a, Al-Qaim, and Al-Ramadi, cutting off their communications with the Iraqi and international cities, meaning- even someone living in Iraq wouldn't know what is happening there… I try to call by Mobile phone, and written messages, some of them get through, and a lot don't… I called my sister in Jordan, and she says the boarders with Iraq are also closed, and every connection with the people there by Internet was cut off…. Our people there are besieged; by an occupation force which commits crimes against civilians and children, by mercenaries who kill, kidnap, and ravage, corrupting the country, by criminal militias who perform eliminations and sectarian revenges, while people are hiding in their houses, aiming to protect their children and families from violence and killings. The Iraqis say: Someone out there is destroying our country, and we are hiding in our houses, without any power or might, without being able to do anything? We cannot defend our country? A friend of mine there told me yesterday, by Phone message: Each of us is holding his shroud by his hands, awaiting death… Her words struck me, leaving me stunned and sad all day, and all night, imagining their life, feeling panic, awaiting death each second…. People are in grave pain and sadness, saying that these are the worst days since Baghdad fell, these are the most dangerous stages, and the darkest for us… Who can help them to stop the bloodshed, to stop the violence and street fights between quarreling parties, some of whom are perhaps honest people defending Iraq, its land, and its people, and the others are surely just militias and criminal mercenaries, who care about nothing but to receive some dollars; people who lost their principals and ethics, agreeing to become destruction tools against their country and people, to achieve Iraq's enemy's goal in shredding the country, and keeping foreign military bases in it, indefinitely… I am still in America to meet people, and talk about our wounded Iraq… We meet people in churches, universities, and small groups, or those who work in non-governmental organizations. I see that the majority wonder about what is going on in Iraq, the majority are angry, wanting to stop the war, pull out the armies from Iraq, and stop building military bases. And when we went to the Congress Building in Washington, we saw different people, I felt like we were talking to the walls; there are people who do not want to hear what their people are saying, or not even the Iraqis, their ears were closed, and their eyes were shut. They do not want to listen to anything concerning Iraq, someone washed their brains, or rather, they put their personal interest and their positions before all else, and they aren't prepared to listen or change anything that is actually happening on the reality ground… The big, major media tools join with the American Administration in its war on Iraq, lying and covering up facts, saying that everything is all right, as usual. Then, in the news bulletins, they say a few brief words about Iraq; either an item about a trapped car and Iraqi casualties, or that the occupation forces are rounding up "insurgents", and besieging towns to "clear" them from insurgents. And they show pictures of Baghdad, beautiful, its streets crowded with pedestrians, pictures of Baghdad before the war, not the pictures of Baghdad now; a sad city full of garbage, dirt, concrete blocks, barbed wires, and devoid of pedestrians, for people are hiding in their houses…. Who are the insurgents? Everyone asked me? I tell them: If an American convoy moved in a region like Al-Ramadi, Sammara'a, Baquba, or any other, and it was subjected to a shooting or a roadside bomb incident, they stop, turn around to the town nearby and close it, besieging it. Sometimes that town would be air raided, like what happened in Al-Qaim, Fallujah, and currently Sammara'a, then all the houses would be stormed, all the men would be detained, insulted, and abused, the women and children would be terrorized. Sometimes families would be killed, like in the latest stories we read about in the newspapers, and when these crimes are uncovered, the comments would be: These are individual transgressions, like what they said about the Abu Ghareeb pictures, and that they were individual behaviors, while in truth they were the normal, daily actions committed against the Iraqis. All this pushed people to hate the Americans, feeling anger against them, which pushed men to resist them. These are called Insurgents. Meaning- everyone who does not love them, and does not want them to remain in Iraq is an insurgent terrorist… And whenever they detained new people, they created anger in the hearts of their relatives, neighbors, and friends, and thus creating a new group that hates them, welcoming any violent acts against them… This is the actual reality in the Iraqi towns; anger is increasing in the hearts of men and women in all towns, these who were besieged, bombed, and its people dislodged, or those who heard the stories, and so, there is hatred increasing, and anger. A will growing in the hearts of the Iraqis towards the occupation forces: Get out of our country… The American government is in a real dilemma… The American people are angry, wanting to know the truth; what are they doing in Iraq? The media here do not tell the truth; they do not say that hundreds of Iraqis die each day at the hands of the occupation forces, or the mercenaries and gangs that work for them, to tear the country apart, forcing people to accept the idea of sectarianism and civil war, to apply the Federalism theory brought on by Premer, and set it down in the constitution… I look at the newspapers here, and the statements of the American administration… I don't know why, but I laugh a lot, from all the lies I see and listen to… Ramisfeild says, for example: Those who want to stop the war in Iraq are those who think like Al-Zarqawi, who do not want democracy or freedom for the Iraqis… He says: The Iraqis went on and voted for the new constitution, which they wrote by their hands, and the Iraqi security forces are now capable of rounding up the foreign terrorists in Iraq… And my comments to that are: Those who want to stop the war want to save millions of innocent civilian souls, whose lives were destroyed by this war, and who were the true victims since the blockade till now… towns are besieged, houses bombed, and civilians die. Men, most of whom are innocent, get arrested; they are imprisoned, insulted, and tortured, their crime is that they do not like their country to be occupied. This is their only crime… Then again- the new constitution was not written by Iraqis, but Premer, the American governor, wrote its draft, then told the Iraqis to write it, then vote for it. What is this phony, deformed democracy? Is this the democracy for which they bombed Iraq, and destroyed it, people and land, in order to apply? And then again; the new Iraqi security forces work with the occupation forces in storming houses, terrorizing families, and insulting Iraqi men (not the foreigners) and arresting them. People hate the Iraqi security men, saying they were mercenaries who agree to work with the occupation forces in raiding houses and arresting citizens, these who think only of their paychecks, (around $400). People are dying of hunger, and these are just mercenaries or fools who were told- you are building the new Iraq, and they believed this story. Like most American soldiers who were told- you are going in a noble mission to liberate Iraq, and when they got there, some of them discovered the truth of that mission, and some remained dumb fools, who think that every Iraqi in front of them is a terrorist who deserves arrest, imprisonment, or death………… Then I saw some of Bush's speeches; of course he insists that the operation in Iraq is going on successfully, that the country is being "cleaned" from the evil insurgents, and the Iraqis are celebrating democracy, and are feeling happy about it, specially the women, after President Bush Liberated them… Ha,ha,ha… I laughed a lot… From what did President Bush liberate us? I told the people: Women had their rights in Iraq before the war as follows: women had the right to study, work, drive cars, nominate themselves in the elections and vote, choosing the husband they want, traveling, carrying her family name after marriage without change, and she receives an equal salary to men in every profession… In Iraq there are women engineers, doctors, lawyers, judges, general managers, university professors, and everything… What will Mr. Bush bring over to us? Also in his speech, he says that the people are happy, they wrote the new constitution, and voted for it… The same lie… And that now there is the freedom of Worship in Iraq… What does the freedom of Worship mean? All our lives we lived in a freedom of Worship; Muslims from different sects, Christians from different sects, Baptists, and others, living in mixed residential districts, mixed schools, and the state offices had employees from all sects… All our lives we lived under the canopy of being Iraqis… What happened to us now? The canopy was ripped apart when the occupation entered, when they started spreading the ideas of dividing Iraq under the pretext of providing justice to the different sects, then, marketing the culture of revenge against the Other, crushing him, and taking more rights than him. People were dispersed, pushed to think selfishly, individually. And in a time when the country needed unity and the gathering of ranks, the people were ripped apart under the pretext of "the right of minorities". People were divided into minorities quarreling among themselves, so the occupation would remain out of the equation; fight among yourselves, like barbarian tribes, the occupation stays, and Bush would tell the world: we want to remain in Iraq, for there is a civil war ahead… This is what they are doing, actually; dividing people, provoking them against each other, then say: Oh, these are savages, let us sit here, and build military bases, to protect them from civil war… A small example of the American administration's policy, is what they did to the Iraqi women ant their rights: They brought on leaders wearing turbans, sectarians, their mentalities as far as can be from true Islam, their minds selfish, and narrow, spreading, not gathering, seeking the narrow interest, not the public interest, and their attitude is retard, against women… And the items concerning women in the new constitution are full of backwardness and regress. There was an Iraqi Personal Affairs Law since 1958, a law that respected women, giving them rights, and organizing family affairs in a modern way that doesn't contradict with Islam… but the new laws in the new constitution are ambiguous and regressed, referring each sect to its clergy, so he could decide the claims and rights of the woman and family, according to the narrow mentality of that sect, meaning- they pushed us back to the Mullah (=top clergyman) reign of centuries ago… Then, as I have seen later on, some conferences for Iraqi women are held in Jordan, sponsored by the Congress, or the Rand American Foundation, and they tell women: Go and fight the new, backwards rulers in Iraq, demand women's rights, remove Al-Sharee'a (Islamic law) out of the Family organizing Laws, and use the SEDAW treaty instead…. I have written about this in my previous diaries, when I attended these conferences, and saw the address brought on by the sponsoring authorities of the Iraqi women conferences… It became clear to me completely how dirty their policies are, how destroying, and how tearing they are to our societies… The Iraqi women attending these conferences didn't understand the game and its details; some were fools enough to imagine that Bush and the occupation are defending them… some discovered the game, but were opportunists without conscience, and thought of their personal interests before those of the people, and the country's future… And others discovered the game, and preferred to withdraw… This is but a small sample of the occupation's policies among the Iraqi people… And when I go back to the history of this administration, or the ones before it, I find the same idea repeated… Who "created" Bin Laden and provided him with weapons and money to fight the Soviets in Afghanistan? He was their striking hand and their favorite man, and when his role was over, they turned against him, and he became their enemy, and so they waged their campaign on terrorism, raided Afghanistan, and destroyed it… Well then; who "created" Saddam Hussein, put him on to rule, encouraged him, provided him with weapons to fight Iran for 8 years, and destroy Iraq's economy? Who gave him the chemical weapons, which he threw over the poor Kurds? That same administration, especially Ramisfeild… Then, they disagreed with Saddam, and came on to destroy Iraq, occupy it, and build military bases in it. If their enemy was only Saddam Hussein, they were supposed to oust him, and leave the Iraqis to build their state they way they see fit, and retain their army and police force, because the loyalty of those is to the new Iraqi National government, and there's no fear from them… But the occupation forces interfered, by disbanding the Iraqi Army and Police Force, installing pro-American leaderships, and forming a sectarian army, police force, and a sectarian constitution. This is what happened; this is the compulsory intervention to change Iraq's fate, and draw its future by foreign hands. This was the deadly, mistaken point that evoked the anger of the Iraqis, the Arabs, and the Muslims, and made Iraq fall a victim to violence, turbulence, and on going fighting, till now… The Iraqis reject the idea of a foreign occupation forces, or a pro- Bush administration government. The Iraqis want to build their country and future in a way of their choice, they want to invest the fortunes of their country in a way that would provide happiness and justice to their people, not to foreign investing companies that would plunder the wealth, putting the dollars into the hands of a few, and deny the rest of the people the good life… The Iraqis are brave, intelligent people, ready to fight till death in defense of right and justice, they do not like injustice, lying, or to be humiliated by anyone… Iraq will remain in fire, until the Iraqi's wishes come true: The departure of the occupation forces, stopping the building of foreign military bases, forming a National Unity Government, one that is honest to its people… not a bunch of monkeys and mercenaries aided by the occupation army… It is only a matter of time… The Iraqi's wishes will come true, sooner or later… And we will all remember- who stood up, and spoke words of truth, in the times of darkness and injustice… And who stood up to speak untrue words, and falsehood… We will remember all this, when we liberate Iraq, and build it a new…[...] ----- Condi Rice insults the Iraqi people Truth About Iraqis Three years after the war, with tens of thousands of Iraqi deaths on her hands and the knowledge her lies helped destroy Iraq, Condi Rice has admitted making mistakes in Iraq: "I know we've made tactical errors - thousands of them, I'm sure," Ms Rice said in a session of questions after her speech, organised by BBC Radio 4's Today programme and Chatham House international affairs institution. Yes, Rice, those thousands of mistakes are why thousands of Iraqis lie buried in makeshift graves, why thousands of other Iraqis lie unburied in the wasteland, and why thousands have been found bound and executed. Those thousands of mistakes are also why we have death squads which your military trained (was this one of the mistakes?) roaming the countryside picking off who they consider to be threat - Sunni, Shia, Turkmen, Christian, no matter... ------ what u.s 'withdrawal' looks like: Iraq's US/UK Permanent Bases : Intentional Obfuscation By Sarah Meyer Index Research http://indexresearch.blogspot.com/ ------ IRAQ DISPATCHES Dahr Jamail "No president in the history of this country has waged a bloodier war on journalism and journalists than the regime of George W Bush." - *Jeremy Scahill March 14, 2006* Dahr Jamail and Jeremy Scahill in a gripping lecture that they gave together in Sacramento, CA on March 14, 2006. Some of the highlights include Dahr Jamail's concise and damning account of US war crimes in Iraq, and Jeremy's ferocious and precise detailing of the deadly war that the US is waging today on journalism in Iraq. This is by far the best lecture video yet hosted on the DahrJamailIraq website. The video was professionally produced and edited for MediaEdge . Many thanks for their excellent job! http://dahrjamailiraq.com/multi_media/dahr_jamail_jeremy_scahill_3_14_2006.php ..... very important in case you missed this: Iraq is Not in Civil War (Yet) Iraq is Under Occupation LAITH AL-SAUD The inability to talk about Iraq in an appropriate context has been one of the greatest setbacks to the anti-war movement here in the United States of America, and to describe Iraq solely in terms of being in civil war contributes to this problem. Iraq is under occupation and the current rivalry between what are indeed Iraqi factions has to be interpreted within this context. The possibility of civil war in Iraq is not the result of mismanagement on the part of the Bush administration or some inherent hostility in Iraqi society; civil war, rather, is and has always been the favored alternative should the United States fail to dominate Iraq politically. The pirates of both the Right and Left side of the establishment agreed before hand that if they could not steer the ship they would sink it... http://www.uruknet.info/?p=22136 ....... Three years and three bodies Three years of war and bloodshed Three bodies were wrapped in blankets They were in the back of a pickup truck The face of one child was facing the sky The other child spread his arm to reach his sister And the third laid on his side A man put his hands on the side of the truck Covering his face with his hands Was he crying or asking Him why were the children killed No voices were heard Men lost their voices and so did the women A few miles away The water of a swimming pool is clear like the Iraqi sky Long palms trees are surrounding the pool American soldiers are laying on lawn chairs Resting from their long days Applying suntan lotion on their skin Drinking their beer and smoking Wearing dark sun glasses Some are swimming and splashing water at each other Men and women are acting like they are on vacation The deceased bodies will stay on the truck for days No water to wash the dead bodies No electricity to keep them in the morgue Roads are blocked Soldiers are pointing their guns on civilians Tanks are in the streets Curfews and raids on cities Who would care about corpses? People are expecting death each minute The corpses and the people are alike A voice of a child can be heard I am a victim of their atrocities I am a victim of their greed and arrogance They are here to kill They are here to torture and rape They are here to divide They are here to control They are here to steal the oil They are here to destroy the country They are here to stay forever A cell phone rings A voice of another child can be heard I miss you daddy, When will you be home? n_melek@hotmail.com April 02, 06 ==== America’s Brutal Tactics by John Chuckman Naturally enough, few details of what American troops do in Iraq and Afghanistan reach the nation's television screens, the main source of news for most Americans. American television takes the approach of the New York Times when it refers to professional soldiers as GIs, as though they were humble mechanics and bricklayers of America drafted into the titanic struggle against Hitler and Tojo. But if you are genuinely interested in discovering the truth, there are plenty of sources for first-hand information. And anyone taking a little time to search through some of these comes away with a sick feeling.....( full article ==== Pictures From Occupied Palestine Resistance in Hebron http://student.cs.ucc.ie/cs1064/jabowen/IPSC/articles/article0035883.html ==== Nuking innocence Iran is being set up for “an unprovoked nuclear attack” By Soraya Sepahpour-Ulrich http://informationclearinghouse.info/article12589.htm 03/31/06 "iranian.com" -- Professing to be the greater civilization, the intellect is deliberately disassociated, sanity is interned so that greed may proceed and allow the savagery of the greater to prey upon the less. While mankind strives for nobility, there are some among us who contemplate such base decisions that would threaten the existence of another nation. Those same powers who would refute that man is born under one law, and so they bound him by another, targeting him with nuclear weapons. Alarmed at such baseness, Philip Giarldi, A former CIA officer, in an August 1, 2005 issue of The American Conservative warns that Dick Cheney has issued a request for using tactical nuclear weapons against Iran. More troubling is that the use of nuclear weapons is not conditional on Iran being involved in the act of terrorism against the United States. Otherwise stated, Iran is being set up for “an unprovoked nuclear attack”. Ms. Rice who is rather smug about having earned herself a major victory by getting everyone on board in referring Iran to the United Nations Security Council, can also invite these same nations to share this crime against humanity. Dr. Jorge Hirsch, professor of physics at UC, San Diego, in his remarkable video emphasizes the consequences of a US nuclear attack on Iran. Each bomb would deliver an incalculable number of corpses, the radiation fallout, both immediate and residual, unparallel in magnitude to the tragedy witnessed in Hiroshima and Nagasaki 60 years ago. Subsequently, as each country races to acquire an A-bomb to protect itself against an attack by a nuclear-armed aggressor, we watch the dwindling of our civilization. It is said that when a rich man declares war, the poor man dies. Today, with the mockery of the IAEA and the UN Security Council, and above all, with the United States issuance of nuclear tactical standby, it is not just a single nation that is at risk of demise, but man’s progress. The hideous claws of war have gripped Western political leaders and motivated by greed, they are committing cultural genocide/suicide. Apathy fuels this madness. In a democracy, leaders are transient – more or less. The people will be held accountable for the darkest hours in history. How tolerant can history be, and indeed should it be? The people should demand that the voice of reason and justice prevail. If Americans wish to be a law-abiding nation, then they must protest the use of tactical nuclear weapons on a non-nuclear armed NPT member signatory. The use of these weapons will be defined as war crime under the 1977 Additional Protocol I to the 1949 Geneva Conventions. An indiscriminate attack in which the attacker does not take measures to avoid hitting non-military objectives, that is, civilians and civilian objects. There is no doubt that the radiation from these nuclear weapons would kill civilians! U.S. citizens must determine their future. Will Americans be known as a nation that put out the lights of civilization by enabling its elected officials to commit heinous crimes and kill en masse in their name? Will we stand by and allow mushroom clouds be the legacy that this administration will leave our children, or will we realize that we should put a stop to genocide and call on this administration to recall its despicable policy of nuking innocence. Although the US has not ratified the Additional Protocol I, this provision is considered to be part of customary law and therefore binding upon all parties to a conflict. ..... Iran: Scenarios of an American strike: The risks are great if Washington's neo-cons choose military options to prevent Iran from blocking US imperial designs for the Middle East, writes Mustafa El-Labbad http://weekly.ahram.org.eg/2006/788/special.htm Anticipated scenarios of an American military strike against Iran depend on a reading of pre- emptive force and Washington's military experiences since the end of the Cold War, in addition to military and regional balances in the Middle East area. The analysis outlined here does not take as its goal the defence of a theocratic Iranian regime; rather, it works to represent the underdog -- in this case the deep-rooted Iranian nation, historical neighbour to Arabs, which is holding fast to its right to possess nuclear technology according to international law. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12591.htm As far as Iran is concerned, just as with Venezuela the first line of attack is to try and foment an ‘indigenous’ revolt, it’s not only cheaper it’s also a safer option, although outcomes cannot necessarily be as easily controlled. http://www.williambowles.info/ini/2006/0306/ini-0405.html Stephen Lendman: The War Drums Are Sounding A Clear Message: Iran and Venezuela have so much of the "black gold" their countries are practically floating on it. But in a world where a predatory USA can't even breathe without it, that makes them public enemies one and two http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article12594.htm ==== IMPERIALIST 'GLOBALIZATION' [but no mention of the imperialist "peacekeepers"-liz] Wallowing in poverty, with oil profits benefiting the elite, country provides 3 percent of the world's annual oil production By Rick Jurgens CONTRA COSTA TIMES http://www.contracostatimes.com/mld/cctimes/news/local/states/california/14230535.htm?template=contentModules/printstory.jsp ...In the 1970s, oil came to dominate Nigeria's economic and social life, Duruigbo said: "If there was no oil, there would be no Nigeria today." He noted that revenue from oil, produced mostly in minority regions, financed the creation of what was once a top-flight university system but now goes mostly to line the pockets of a tiny elite. Although a major exporter to the United States, Nigeria remains less familiar here than some Middle Eastern giants. Yet Nigeria's wells accounted for 3 percent of the world's oil production in 2004, with daily output of 2.5 million barrels. The country's proven reserves of 35 billion barrels are also 3 percent of the global total. San Ramon-based Chevron trails only London-based Shell in the size of its Nigerian operations. Chevron's stake in Nigerian wells yielded 136,000 barrels of oil and gas each day during 2005, and the company has invested $3.4 billion in the deepwater Agbami project, where it estimates that daily crude output will exceed 250,000 barrels. While crude oil from Nigeria is rarely shipped to California, fluctuations in the country's output do affect global crude oil prices. And since the cost of crude typically accounts for more than half of the retail price of a gallon of gasoline, California drivers pay pump prices affected by events in Nigeria. That sounds like a formula to boost Nigeria in an energy-thirsty world. But although oil revenue approached $50 billion in 2004 and pays for about three-fourths of the federal budget, per capita income has fallen since Nigeria became independent and 57 percent of the population earns less than the official $1-a-day poverty threshold, according to the World Bank. Nigeria's image as a stable and contented energy producer was shattered in 1995, when author Ken Saro-Wiwa and eight other activists were hanged by the military dictatorship that then ruled Nigeria. The execution of the activists who had protested pollution by oil companies and sought a greater share of revenue for minority groups in oil-producing regions sparked worldwide outrage.... Much of Nigeria's oil production comes from the Niger Delta, a sprawling region of villages and waterways where militant groups have taken hostages and disrupted oil production. The recent hostage takings and subsequent government reprisals comprise a "cycle of violence"... Faced with bleak prospects for seeking redress from the Nigerian government, human rights activists have used U.S. lawsuits to target oil companies with operations in Nigeria. In San Francisco, Chevron is defending itself in three lawsuits that allege the company was responsible for human rights violations in Nigeria. A pair of lawsuits that have been working their ways through federal and state courts since 1999 allege that employees of Chevron's Nigerian subsidiary participated with or supported Nigerian authorities in May 1998 and January 1999 incidents in which protesters and villagers were killed. Chevron has vigorously denied supporting or having any responsibility for human rights abuses by Nigerian authorities... === The Ghost of George Wallace: Immigration and White Racism by Juan Santos Wednesday, Mar. 29, 2006 at 3:25 PM "...When the late Alabama Governor George Wallace - surrounded by armed guards - stood on the steps of the University of Alabama to prevent a young Black woman from entering the University of Alabama, he declared, "Segregation today, segregation tomorrow, segregation forever!” He also inspired a man who would later stand at the US / Mexican border, armed to the teeth, to prevent other brown skinned people from entering someplace he didn’t want to them to enter - the United States. A year ago Jim Gilchrist brought the mainstream media to a frenzy as they reported on his Minuteman Project, a group of racist vigilantes who’d traveled to the border – guns in hand – to stop the immigrant “invasion” and the “re-conquest,” they said, of the US Southwest by Mexicans...... Like Wallace with the Dixiecrats of his day, Gilchrist has plenty of allies in Congress – chief among them Colorado Representative Tom Tancredo, best known for advocating that the US “take out” the Muslim holy city of Mecca with a nuclear weapon.... The Congressman is consistent. After taking out Mecca, it would seem, Tancredo holds that undocumented immigrants "need to be found before it is too late. They're coming here to kill you, and you, and me, and my grandchildren." The Minutemen love Rep. Tancredo, and they do not leave the man to suffer alone in his profound paranoia. Minutemen co-leader Chris Simcox would have us believe that "…we need the National Guard to clean out all our cities and round them [migrants] up. They are hard-core criminals. They have no problem slitting your throat and taking your money or selling drugs to your kids or raping your daughters and they are evil people." The temptation, of course, is to dismiss these people as mere crackpots. The problem with that analysis however, is clear. These people have power. They’ve dominated and defined the debate on immigration for the past year – at least until this past weekend, when well over a million – even two million people - marched in opposition to their xenophobic and persecutorial dementia..... The corporate media, informed time and again of Nazi, white nationalist and militia connections to the anti-migrant movement, has continued to paint the anti-migrants as part of a mainstream. Gilchrist himself has claimed he has “240 million” supporters, despite the fact that the anti-immigrant movement as a whole could field only 700 activists for its “National Day of Protest” this year. They were outnumbered 10 to 1 wherever they turned across the country. Even so, Tancredo, Sensenbrenner and the extreme, racist, right wing elements they represent were on the verge of a major legislative victory. They were so close they could taste it. Until Saturday. Until La Gran Marcha in Los Angeles. Then their dominance cracked. They were on the verge of a walled off country. On the verge of migrants hunted down, rounded up by La Migra and the police – of brown skinned people disappearing in the streets and penned in concentration camps they call “detention centers.” They were on the verge of passing a cruel law that would make all migrants without papers felons and make all Brown people suspects in a hostile nation. They were on the verge of a new ethnic cleansing of America. And even though the mass protests of recent days have deeply shaken them, they still might win....Gilchrist, of course, is promising his followers “absolute” victory. He says the things more seasoned power brokers won’t say. Although they’re on the same side, he says the Sensenbrenner bill doesn’t go far enough. He wants a wall from sea to sea. He wants the National Guard at the border. He called the families who marched together “throngs of illegal alien bullies” and dubbed the mass demonstrations for basic human rights a “classic insurrection.” He pledges to stand, “stoically unmoved” - one might imagine like George Wallace on the steps of the university, facing down a lone young African woman, armed thugs in tow. The future will be decided in the days to come. As senators debate their take on migrants, they will continue to put their fingers to the wind, to see just how far they can go without profoundly alienating their middle class allies and without provoking rebellion from below.... http://la.indymedia.org/news/2006/03/152202.php CAPITALIST FASCISM PRODUCES ITS OWN GRAVEDIGGERS... A sea of people as far as the eye could see: Blacks and immigrants call for unity! by Nunu Kidane http://www.sfbayview.com/032906/aseaofpeople032906.shtml More than a million people protested in Los Angeles Saturday – the largest march in California history – to protest racist immigration bills in Congress. Writes hip hop commentator Autumn Marie: “In today’s times, it is easy to think shit ain’t never gon’ change. The system makes us feel like we have no power and our voices don’t matter, BUT DON’T BELIEVE THE HYPE! Ain’t no power like the power of the people, and the power of the people don’t stop! And, my Africans in America, in case you ain’t noticed, we ain’t first class citizens in this joint either – and I purposely say joint because we ain’t free; we just live in a penitentiary without bars. So do not let them pit us against the immigrants. They are only pitting one oppressed group against another. And if we fall for it, they will only stay on top! The empire must fall!” Photo: Marcus, la.indymedia.org In the 1850s the government passed a law called the Fugitive Slave Act which made it a federal crime to assist runaway slaves. Good Americans were required to return runaway “property” to their owners. Now Congress is on the point of passing legislation that would criminalize the 12 million undocumented immigrants in this country and levy criminal sanctions against organizations that work with them. The bills are H.R. 4437 and S. 2454. You may wonder why more than a million marched in Los Angeles on Saturday and half a million in Chicago the week before. The bills are just that bad. “I was in downtown Los Angeles on Saturday when the historic march to protest the racist anti-immigration bills took place,” reported legendary hip hop journalist Davey D on KPFA’s Hard Knock Radio, broadcast weekdays, 4 p.m., at 94.1 FM. “Trust me: More than a million people showed up. Anyone who was there could attest to that. All the blocks around the courthouse for as far as the eye could see was a sea of people. It was wall to wall. … “It was a beautiful thing. The vibe in the air and the overall energy was infectious as you saw everyone from church goers to gang bangers all fighting to keep this oppressive bill from passing. There was an enormous amount of young people. Many came with their families. It’s been a while since I’ve been to a rally or march where I saw grandmas, parents, young adults and little kids all in attendance. “I talked to cats who were all tatted up carrying signs that said ‘Stolen Land: Defeat HR 4437’ and college cats carrying signs that read ‘Where was George Washington’s green card?’ You could feel the spirit of resistance in the air. People are waking up and ready to hold officials accountable for being so mean spirited One of the protesters at the San Francisco rally was Moe, a Kenyan immigrant who is working with the Day Laborers. Photo: Nunu Kidane “Also, as you listen to the audio clips (http://odeo.com/audio/964057/view), just don’t think this immigration thing is only gonna affect Brown folks. I guess the media doesn’t like to show what we all have in common, but bear in mind there’s a whole lot of Black folks like Haitians who this bill is designed to smash on if passed.” The demonstrations began with 50,000 in Washington, D.C., on March 7, 500,000 in Chicago on March 10 – the largest demonstration ever in Chicago history – and tens of thousands more in the last week in Milwaukee, Phoenix, Atlanta and other cities,” reports ANSWER. “Friday in Georgia, tens of thousands of immigrant workers refused to show up at their jobs in a work stoppage protesting regressive legislation passed by the Georgia state Legislature.” At the LA rally, Juan José Gutiérrez, director of Latino Movement USA, a member of the ANSWER LA Steering Committee and co-chair of the rally, said: “We are people of dignity, and we demand respect. This is the beginning of a movement that is going to call for a national work stoppage.” In San Francisco, a week-long hunger strike at the Federal Building which started on March 20 culminated on Monday with a march to the office of Sen. Dianne Feinstein. Several thousand marched, and, according to BeyondChron.org, “a large majority (were) young participants. Many youth wore bright orange armbands to show they had walked out of class in support of the event. “‘I’m here to support my people,’ said Nadia Mendez, a Kennedy high school student. ‘I’m a Mexican, these are my people, and they’re trying to kick us out for no reason.’ … The mainstream media, reports Davey D, “tried to hate on the march and say only a few thousand were going to show up.” But Spanish-language media, especially radio DJs, got the word out, and more than a million, largely young people, joined the march in LA Saturday. Photo: Marcus, la.indymedia.org “‘I’m very happy to see so many people here; it makes me very proud of my race,’ said a day laborer who declined to be identified. ‘Latinos make the economy grow. We want a world without borders.’ “By the end of the day, the cumulative impact of the recent nationwide protests became clear as the Senate Judiciary Committee voted 12-6 against legislation that would criminalize undocumented immigrants and those that provide services to them.” H.R. 4437 is yet another assault amidst a wave of anti-immigrant sentiments that have swept this nation since Sept. 11. Since then, the word “immigrant” has become synonymous with a person of color. We imagine only Arabs, Latinos and Asians as immigrants but do not think of Europeans, who make up a considerable percentage of the foreign-born population in the U.S. There is an undeniable racist angle to the attacks on immigrants, which all people of color need to know and respond to. But why should Blacks care about immigration reform? Why should Blacks support immigrants when, according to the stereotype, they are taking jobs and other opportunities and treat Blacks disrespectfully? The dominant perception is that immigrants are benefiting from the struggles for racial equality that were paid for by Blacks. But the reality is that neither immigrants nor the majority of African Americans working in low-wage jobs are getting the benefit. The divide-and-rule method is successful in framing the issues as either-or so that we, Blacks and immigrants, constantly appear at odds. The fact is we are all getting exploited by the same economic system that benefits the wealthy. Congresswoman Sheila Jackson Lee, who has proposed an alternate immigration reform policy, said the current struggle for immigrant rights is the new Civil Rights struggle. It is paramount that we as Black people recognize this and build a solidarity movement. In the week-long hunger strike in San Francisco, the organizers dedicated a day for solidarity among immigrants and African Americans. One of the speakers was Steve Williams from POWER. Protesters all around him were wearing sights that read, “I am a Man/ Woman” also in Spanish and Chinese along the lines of the 1968 Martin Luther King-led protest by the sanitation workers in Memphis. Williams spoke of the racist domestic policies of the past that the Civil Rights struggle was about and made the parallel to the same racist attack on immigrants today. Following him was the author of this article, representing Priority African Network, a coalition of 26 Bay Area organizations that educate and struggle for racial and social justice here and abroad. As an African immigrant who has a stake in both communities, I made an urgent appeal for Blacks and immigrants to form a united front, “not just to put out the occasional fire,” but to work strategically to oppose such policies and proactively propose progressive legislation. On a day specifically called to “connect African American and immigrant struggles,” attendance by Blacks was less than favorable. There is a need for a strategic approach to establishing a broad based movement that educates us all about ourselves and this call is made to both Black and immigrant led organizations. To take action to support immigrant rights: l Contact Sen. Feinstein at (202) 224-5042 or (415) 393-0707. l Tell her to SUPPORT immigrant rights and paths to legalization and OPPOSE anti-immigrant enforcement-only proposals like the Sensenbrenner and Specter bills, H.R. 4437 and S. 2454. l Call or visit the Bay Area Immigrant Rights Coalition at (510) 839-7598 or www.immigrantrights.org. Nunu Kidane is a network coordinator with Priority Africa Network (PAN), a Bay Area coalition of 26 organizations that struggles against racist policies at home and in Africa and works with organizing African immigrant communities as well. Email her at nunukidane@earthlink.net. Bay View staff contributed to this report. Watch a video clip of the LA march at www.sfbayview.com. ..... Walkout in Red, White, and Green by Greg Moses Be careful what you say, the children are listening. For the past year, children of immigrants have been hearing the worst things about their parents. Finally, across the country from Los Angeles, California, to Bastop, Texas, teenagers agreed all at once that it was time to talk back. “Another day, another walkout” said a recent headline. This time the news was from Tyler, Texas, where students marched from Tyler High to the Smith County Courthouse carrying Mexican flags. Across the country, similar stories played.....( full article ==== 911: the U.S. pretext for launching fascist war OF terror to eliminate all opposition to its crusade for global domination: 911 - What really happened? : A collection of academics have recently posed an alternative theory to what caused the ultimate destruction of the steel reinforced WTC. http://www.grocotts.co.za/specialreports_detail.php?mmID=16 911 Loose Change 2nd Edition with extra footage http://tinyurl.com/74gyb as police state drops democratic pretenses... * EFF Motion in AT&T Surveillance Case Draws Government's Eye DOJ Demands First Look at Documents It Claims Might Be Classified San Francisco - The Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) filed a motion for a preliminary injunction in its class- action lawsuit against AT&T today. However, much of the evidence that was to be included in the motion--as well as the legal arguments based on that evidence--was held back temporarily at the request of the Department of Justice (DOJ). While the government is not a party to the case, DOJ attorneys told EFF that even providing the evidence under seal to the court--a well-established procedure that prohibits public access and permits only the judge and the litigants to see the evidence--might not be sufficient security. EFF's motion seeks to stop AT&T from violating the law and the privacy of its customers by disclosing to the government the contents of its customers' communications, as part of the National Security Agency's (NSA's) massive and illegal program to wiretap and data-mine Americans' communications. The motion was supported by a number of internal AT&T documents that the government now claims might include classified information. EFF will seek the Court's permission to publicly release the preliminary injunction motion and supporting documents, and hopes to have redacted versions available after further discussions with the government. "Openness in court proceedings is fundamental to a free society," said EFF Staff Attorney Kurt Opsahl. "The facts supporting our motion are not classified and are important to the public debate over the propriety of the NSA domestic spying program. The public deserves to know the truth." The NSA program came to light in December, when the New York Times reported that the President had authorized the agency to intercept telephone and Internet communications inside the United States without the authorization of any court. Over the ensuing weeks, it became clear that the NSA program has been intercepting and analyzing millions of Americans' communications, with the help of the country's largest phone and Internet companies, including AT&T. This surveillance is ongoing, and today's injunction motion seeks to stop the spying while the case is pending. "AT&T's wholesale diversion of communications into the hands of the NSA violates federal wiretapping laws and the Fourth Amendment," said EFF Staff Attorney Kevin Bankston. "More than just threatening individuals' privacy, AT&T's shameful choice to allow the government to spy on millions of ordinary Americans' communications is a threat to the Constitution itself. We are asking the Court to put a stop to it now." In the lawsuit, EFF is representing the class of all AT&T residential customers nationwide. Working with EFF in the lawsuit are the law firms Traber & Voorhees, Lerach Coughlin Stoia Geller Rudman & Robbins LLP and the Law Office of Richard R. Wiebe. For the motion for preliminary injunction: Brief and some evidence NOT AVAILABLE BY DOJ REQUEST For more on EFF's suit: For this release: URL: http://www.aclu.org/safefree/general/24732res20060323.html Statement - John Doe #2, Target of Illegal Spying National Security Letters >> FACES OF SURVEILLANCE Nancy Hollander | Konstanty Hordynski | Debbie Clark | Caitlin Childs | John Amidon | Betty Ball | Kirsten Atkins | Peter Ackerman | George Main | John Doe #1 | John Doe #2 | Nazih Hassan FEATURES > Top Ten Myths About the Illegal NSA Spying Program > Learn More About Government Spying The following is the abridged legal statement of a "John Doe" President of an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Relying on its expanded powers under the Patriot Act, the FBI used a "national security letter" to demand that Doe turn over sensitive records about the company's clients. The ACLU is representing Doe in a legal challenge to the constitutionality of the national security letter power. The demand was never approved by any judge, and included a strict gag order that is still preventing Doe and the ACLU from disclosing Doe's identity and many other details about the case. The Orwellian gag order prevented Doe from speaking out in opposition to the Patriot Act during the debate in Congress. Statement of the anonymous President of an Internet Service Provider who received a National Security Letter: I, DELETED, am the President and sole employee of DELETED which is an Internet access and consulting business incorporated and located in DELETED. DELETED provides a variety of Internet–related services for its clients. We provide space on the Web where people can post their own sites and store electronic files. We also provide some clients with e-mail accounts and the ability to access the Internet. Some of those clients are individuals and political associations that engage in controversial political speech. DELETED possesses a wide array of information about its clients. With respect to any particular client, we may possess the client's name, address and telephone number; other addresses associated with the account; e-mail addresses associated with the account; Internet Protocol (IP) addresses associated with the account; Uniform Resource Locator (URL) addresses assigned to the account; activity logs for the account; logs tracking visitors to the client's website; the content of a client's electronic communications; data files residing on DELETED server; the client's customer list; the client's bank account and credit card numbers; records relating to merchandise bought and sold; and the date the account was opened or closed. On or about DELETED, FBI agent DELETED telephoned me and informed me that the FBI would be serving DELETED with a National Security Letter (NSL). During that conversation, Agent DELETED did not provide me with any details about the contents of the letter. As I had never heard of a National Security Letter and had never before been contacted by the FBI, I was extremely disconcerted by the phone call. In an attempt to find out more information about NSLs, I searched the Internet by using Google and other Internet search engines. I also visited various government websites. I was unable to find anything describing the rights and obligations of a person served with an NSL. I also asked some of my acquaintances with whom I communicate over the Internet whether they knew anything about an NSL. None of them did. After receiving the letter, I immediately scanned it and learned that the FBI was searching for information about one of my clients, DELETED The letter stated that I was not allowed to tell anyone, including my client, that the FBI was seeking information through an NSL. The letter also stated that I was required to provide the FBI with a range of information about my client, including DELETED name and other identifying information. As there was no information that a judge had reviewed or approved the NSL, I did not want to hand over any of the information sought by the government. Although I read the NSL carefully, I could not find any information stating that I could challenge the NSL. Furthermore, nothing in the letter said anything about the right to talk to a lawyer. It didn't seem right that the government could forbid me from talking to a lawyer. In light of the gag provision, however, I wasn't sure what I was allowed to do. I asked Agent DELETED whether I could consult a lawyer and my business partners about the NSL. Agent DELETED said that I could do so. The NSL states that I am obligated to comply with the government's demand. I am opposed to doing so, however, because I think that the government DELETED and because protecting the confidentiality of my clients' information is important to me on DELETED professional level. Rather than immediately provide the requested information, I contacted attorneys with the ACLU to determine what, if any, options were available to me. Until I filed this lawsuit, I was unsure whether I could disclose even the fact that the federal government has sought access to my client's records without mentioning either the FBI or the NSL power. The government has now prohibited the disclosure of my name and my company's name in connection with this case. They have provided no further clarification as to what I can and cannot say without violating the gag provision. Because of the gag provision I have not disclosed information either about the NSL or about this lawsuit to my client, who is the subject of the NSL. This has been particularly difficult because, DELETED on a variety of issues. I did not want to cut off all communications and I also thought that doing so could raise suspicions and possibly lead the government to believe that I had violated the gag provision. The gag has put me in a very compromising situation, as I do not want to be dishonest in my communications DELETED but also do not want to violate the gag. Were it not for the gag, I would definitely have informed my clients that the government had sought information from me and that I am challenging the constitutionality of the NSL provision in an effort to protect all of my clients' interests. I want them to know that I take my commitment to security and confidentiality very seriously. Some of my clients have specifically asked me whether DELETED is the Internet Service Provider (ISP) challenging the constitutionality of this provision of the Patriot Act. Because of the gag and the government's insistence that my identity remain a secret, I have been uncertain whether I must lie to them or whether a non-committal answer will suffice. The fact that I cannot speak candidly with my clients about this important issue, which is facing the entire Internet community, undermines the business relationships that I have worked so hard to develop with my clients. Were it not for the gag, I would have contacted other electronic communications service providers (ECSPs) to solicit their advise as to how DELETED should respond to the NSL. I have no doubt that other ISPs, such as America Online, must have received at least one of these NSLs. Because of the gag, however, I am not able to contact them to find out what they did when they were in my situation. As a result, I cannot work with other ISPs to develop any kind of joint strategy to challenge NSLs through litigation. The gag provision has also made it difficult to maintain normal communications with business colleagues, friends and family members. I have to make up excuses about where I am going when I need to meet with y lawyers about this case. I have been on edge ever since the FBI contacted me. Because of the gag provision, however, I cannot talk to friends and family about the stress that I have experienced since receiving the NSL. Because of the gag provision, I have not disclosed information about the NSL and this lawsuit to the press and the public. I believe that the government may be abusing its power by targeting people with politically unpopular views. I also think that I should have the right to challenge the government's demand for business' records. But I am afraid to talk about the NSL power in even generic terms out of fear that the government could accuse me of violating the gag provision. Furthermore, even though I have taken every precaution to comply with the gag, I am afraid that I may be prosecuted and even jailed if I inadvertently violate the gag provision. I find it ironic that before I received the NSL, I freely engaged in political debate on the government's use of the Patriot Act. But now that I have received one of these letters and I know much more about the way the Patriot Act works, I am prevented from talking. My experience as a recipient of an NSL has made me feel even more strongly that the public should be able to monitor how the government is using these powers so that it can police against possible abuses. For more information on National Security Letters go to www.aclu.org/nsl FOR MORE IN EFFector Vol. 19, No. 12 March 31, 2006 editor@eff.org A Publication of the Electronic Frontier Foundation ISSN 1062-9424 In the 373th Issue of EFFector: * Action Alert: Stop Congress from XXXing with Free Speech! * EFF Motion in AT&T Surveillance Case Draws Government's Eye * "Email -- Should the Sender Pay?": EFF Fundraiser, Debate Between Esther Dyson and Danny O'Brien * Hearing Set for Key Bloggers' Rights Case * FEC Protects Bulk of Internet Speech From Campaign Finance Rules * DMCA Rulemaking Hearings Underway * miniLinks (15): The Gagged ISP Operator * Administrivia

"WE ARE ALL ILLEGALS":global repression & resistance from Palestine, Iraq & Iran to the U.S. 'belly of the beast':

4/3/6 "WE ARE ALL ILLEGALS": global repression & resistance from Palestine, Iraq & Iran to the U.S. 'belly of the beast': Divide and rule http://abutamam.blogspot.com/2006/04/divide-and-rule.html Below are three articles. The first two are serious and highly commendable reading. "Since 9 April 2003, the US has been trying to foment sectarian tendencies. This may explain the tensions we see today. Doctrinal differences within Islam were never a big deal. Islam is open to many interpretations after all. Shias and Sunnis are more united by religion than divided by interpretation. Islam has also been a uniting force for Kurds and Arabs. This is not something that occupiers wished to encourage. The occupiers adopted a policy of divide and rule. The US had only one post-war scenario, and it was based on pitting Sunni against Shia. The moment the occupation was complete, the countdown to civil war began. The media spoke of parallels between Lebanon and Iraq. And every single incident in the country was portrayed as having sectarian origins. Meanwhile, the country became a stage for account settling. Anyone with an axe to grind -- Iran, Syria, Al-Qaeda, to mention just a few -- got involved. Israel, many claim, has been involved in the assassination of the country's top professionals. As the violence spread, it became harder to draw the line between legitimate resistance and acts of wilful mayhem. Terrorists chose their targets in cold blood. Their aim was to divide the Iraqis, to drive a wedge between Sunni and Shia, and to bring the country to its knees. The turbulence in Al-Madaen and the bombings of the Shia mausoleums were not random acts; people who don't want the Iraqis to remain united carefully planned them. Do we have a civil war in Iraq? To this moment, the answer is no. Rampant violence? Yes. Innocent victims? Certainly. Political vacuum? Without doubt. But no civil war. Iraqi politics is being mishandled, for our politicians have so far failed to step up to their responsibilities. Iraq needs leaders who can reassure the public and keep the nation together. Neighbours can help by encouraging unity rather than sedition. The US has taken us down a road of sectarian strife and now its troops are standing by, waiting to see what's next. This doesn't look good. The scene of political division is quite alarming. The scene of leaders jockeying for power is actually dismal. It's been two months since the elections, and yet we cannot get a government together.What we have in this country is not civil war, but a lack of credible leadership. We all are aware of the plots against our country, and some of our best minds have already advised caution and restraint. What we need to do is defuse the situation. We know that regional and international powers are trying to divide us, and we need to prove them wrong. We need to rebuild this country. We can do it. We can present an Iraqi model, just as the Americans said. We can offer a model of democracy, freedom and human rights. It's all up to us." Divide and rule by Sawsan Al-Assaf 16 - 22 March 2006 "Is Iraq heading toward disintegration? The question is asked frequently by observers, never mind their attitude toward Iraq and Iraqis. The question implies more fundamental ones: is Iraq an artificial state? Or is it built on certain necessary foundations? If these foundations are no longer valid, should Iraq disintegrate?Iraq as a state and a civilization has existed well back in history. Deep-rooted civilizations, be they in the north, middle or south, came into being not because some power interest required them to but as a result of natural evolution. Even in modern history, when the Ottoman Empire introduced the villayet system it could not separate the three villayets of Mosul, Baghdad and Basra. Indeed, the British occupation formed the new Iraqi state according to these lines after cutting out some of its territories. One should remember that after signing the Sykes-Picot treaty, the British found that it was not realistic and changed their minds. This was not an accidental decision. The British strategists and political officers who controlled Iraq found that for economic and strategic reasons Iraq should be formed in the way it was. They realized that the north of Iraq could not subsist without the riches of the south and the south could not be defended without the natural boundaries of the north. I believe all these factors are still valid today. ......." Not because of our blue eyes by Saad N. Jawad, March 30, 2006 And the third one fits the Arabic proverb: "The worst aspect of a tragedy .. is that it induces humor "So, who’s responsible for the current violence in Iraq? Who’s responsible for Americans’ disdain of the war? Depends on who you talk to. Rumsfeld blames the U.S. press for not reporting more happy stories. Cheney cites the Iraq-al Qaeda connection which led up to 9/11 to justify the invasion. (He’s obviously been inhaling gunpowder, again.) Perhaps Bush has the freshest take on who to pin the blame on: Saddam Hussein. Ayup. This is all Saddam’s fault. Speaking, last week, before Freedom House, Bush was delusional even by his standards. “The enemies of a free Iraq are employing the same tactics Saddam used, killing and terrorizing the Iraqi people in an effort to foment sectarian division,” Bush declared. Uh, no. But, oh, Hell. The facts be damned. “Iraq is a nation that is physically and emotionally scarred by three decades of Saddam’s tyranny,” Bush felt compelled to blurt. Bush put rose-colored glasses on his “straw-man” argument and let ‘er rip: “Today, some Americans ask whether removing Saddam caused the divisions and instability we’re now seeing. In fact, much of the animosity and violence we now see is the legacy of Saddam Hussein. He is a tyrant who exacerbated sectarian divisions to keep himself in power. Iraq is a nation with many ethnic and religious and sectarian and regional and tribal divisions. Before Saddam Hussein, Iraqis from different communities managed to live together. Even today, many Iraqi tribes have both Sunni and Shia branches. And in many small towns with mixed populations, there’s often only one mosque where Sunni and Shia worship together. Intermarriage is also common with mixed families that include Arabs and Kurds and Sunnis and Shia and Turkmen, Assyrians, and Chaldeans.” He’s been reading “The Arabian Nights” again as history. Although he admitted “The kidnappings and brutal executions and beheadings are very disturbing,” (‘ya think?) he thought we were making great progress. Then, assuming the role of School Marm-in-Chief, he admonished the current Iraqi government: “I want the Iraqi people to hear I’ve got great confidence in their capacity to self govern,” Bush said. “I also want the Iraqi people to hear — it’s about time you get a unity government going. In other words, Americans understand you’re newcomers to the political arena. But pretty soon its time to shut her down and get governing (sic)..." Sugar plumbs and depleted uranium March 31, 2006 See the videos on Bush's "shutting her down", and the top ten of Bush's pearls of wisdom ==== On the Occupation’s Third Anniversary: What did Iraqis Gain from the ‘Liberation’? :: mohammed ali :: These days see the third year since the beginning of the tragedy of the catastrophe of the invasion-turned-occupation by the world’s most aggressive countries. The Iraqi people have never experienced such a catastrophe over the course of their ancient and modern history. The invasion, its subsequent occupation and installation of a puppet regime in Iraq is a by-product of the wanton intentions of the colonialist powers and their disrespect to recognised international law. These colonial powers invaded and now occupy Iraq in order to force their control and influence on the region as whole by first subjugating the Iraqi people first. Let’s take a quick look at occupied Iraq today... http://www.uruknet.info/?s1=1&p=22152&s2=01 ------ The shattering of the Iraqi education system, yet again http://abutamam.blogspot.com/2006/03/shattering-of-iraqi-education-system.html "It is a well established fact that Iraq's ancient civilisations have significantly contributed to the development of human culture since the dawn of history. From the first codified laws of Babylon's King Hammurabi (now on display in the Louvre Museum in Paris) to the first inscribed proof of Pythagoras Theorem etched on a baked clay tablet that predates Pythagoras by many centuries, Iraq has played a key role in education with Baghdad evolving as a centre of learning well before the Middle Ages. It was in Iraq that the first university in the world -- Al-Mustansiriyah School -- was established in 1227. Its building was intact and well preserved, until the US-led invasion; it suffered -- as the rest of Iraq's historical and cultural sites -- destruction and negligence. Thousands of students in science, literature and religious studies had graduated from Al-Mustansiriyah School. The school led the valuable translation campaign of the Greek and Roman scientific and philosophical achievements that spurred the Western revival. The scourge of the Mongol invasion in 1258 destroyed Baghdad's canal network (American aerial bombardments in 1991 and 2003 similarly destroyed Iraq's industrial and health infrastructure) and sacked and burned its schools and libraries. Ink spilled from destroyed books turned the Tigris River's water into blue colour. The Mongols slaughtered 80,000 men, women and children -- a scenario that has been unfolding in Iraq since 2003. Illiteracy and cultural darkness befell Baghdad and other cities of Iraq under Ottoman occupation for the next several centuries. Hence, at the turn of the last century (1900), Iraqi professionals were a rare breed. Save for the learned religious elders and their schools near the holy shrines and mosques, there were no Iraqi doctors, pharmacists, engineers, science teachers and other professionals. There were only a few elementary schools, run by members of the Iraqi Jewish and Christian communities, a few linguistic and historic scholars and a few newspapers. During the Turkish-Ottoman rule, some Iraqi officers were sent to Turkey for further studies in order to join the Ottoman army. The officers began to trickle back to Baghdad during WWI and especially after the collapse of the Ottoman Empire, which was member of the axis. Those officers formed the backbone of the Iraqi state that began to take shape during the 1920s under the auspices of the British colonial rule. Education quickly became a prime objective to the emerging state, as the nascent government's organisations were keen to assign Iraqis civil positions. A programme was implemented to send Iraqi students on government scholarships to the UK and the US. The first PhD holders returned from the UK in the early 1930s. Coinciding with that, many well-to-do Iraqi families also sent their sons and daughters to the American University of Beirut to obtain their professional BSc degrees. In the ensuing few decades, thousands of government scholarships were granted to the students who achieved high scores in the state-wide high school Baccalaureate examination which was administered uniformly all over Iraq, including all major and minor cities. Notably, the selection of the qualified students was based on academic achievement and was decidedly non-sectarian. The tempo of sending Iraqi students abroad for graduate studies gained momentum in the 1950s and into the 1970s, especially after the nationalising of Iraq's oil in 1971. The momentum faltered as a result of the financial difficulties resulting from the Iraq-Iran war in the 1980s and was further disfigured by giving undue weight to Baath Party nominees, despite their relatively poor academic achievement, such as the case of ex-prime minister Iyad Allawi. Iraq's education system took into consideration the necessity to diversify the sources of knowledge and academic experience. The higher education scholarships were not any more restricted to the US and the UK. Qualified students were sent to educational institutions to other centres of learning such as in the Soviet Union, France, and Eastern Europe. The government scholarship programme provided Iraq with thousands of professionals who returned to Iraq from abroad and formed the cornerstone of Iraq's relatively high-quality educational system, which attracted many Arab students from neighbouring Arab states to finish their university studies in Iraq. It is worth mentioning, since the revolution of 1958 which abolished the monarchy in Iraq; education in Iraq has been free for Iraqis and non-Iraqi Arabs, up to and including university level. Those scientists and engineers, backed by political resolve, also spearheaded the strident advances in Iraq's scientific and technical achievements. By the end of the 1970s, and as a result of a concerted political determination, the literacy rate, for both men and woman, reached more than 90 per cent. However, two decades of wars followed by 13-year severe economic sanctions (1990-2003) left Iraq's education system in disrepair, enrolment dropped, and literacy levels stagnated. Iraq's adult literacy rate is now one of the lowest in all Arab countries. The dilapidating impact of the sanctions on the education and research capabilities in Iraq can best be exemplified by the UN banning Iraq from importing scientific or technical text books, periodicals and journals. Iraqi academics and professionals were intentionally isolated from scientific development for 13 years, by an international organisation. The rate of deterioration and fragmentation of the Iraqi education system was compounded by two major insidious outcomes in the aftermath of the American-led occupation that resulted in the looting and destruction of 84 per cent of Iraqi universities; the liquidation of university professors and the implementation of sectarian attitudes and practices among students. (added emphasis) As early as mid-April, 2003, one month after the 2003 invasion, a number of Iraqi scientists and university professors sent an SOS e-mail to the international community warning that the American occupation forces were threatening their lives. Later that month, a retired French general told the French TV Channel 5 on April 18 that some 150 Israeli commandoes are currently inside Iraq on a mission to assassinate 500 Iraqi scientists. A year later, in October 2004, in a seminar held in Cairo, it was reported that more than 310 Iraqi scientists are thought to have perished at the hands of Israeli secret agents in Iraq since the fall of Baghdad to US troops in April 2003. The experts said they had detected an organised campaign aimed at "liquidating Iraqi scientists" in the past 18 months and most of them pointed the finger at the Israeli secret police service, the Mossad. Recent concerted effort to document these killings by the Brussels Tribunal has managed, so far, to state: "Even according to conservative estimates, over 250 educators have been assassinated, and many hundreds more have disappeared." An incomplete list details 168 of them. Nobody has yet been apprehended for any of these killings. Among the students, sectarianism has further cast a pall on university campuses. "Deans and university officials usually turn a blind eye to sectarian rallies and banners raised by students, and allow students to hold religious ceremonies on campuses, which entrench sectarianism,' said Ahmed Al-Hamawi, a member of the self-styled League of Youths and Students. "Are you a Sunni or a Shia?" has become a basic question Iraqi students ask each other nowadays. "When my son tries to make friends with classmates, they first ask him whether he is a Sunni or a Shia. We never experienced such sectarianism before the US-led occupation," fumed the father of a student at Basra University. Many Iraqi students who have recently graduated from universities are flocking to immigrate instead of expending their talents and efforts in Iraq as unemployment soars. School in obliterated Fallujah The haemorrhage of the educational system in Iraq is severe, and no American band-aid would suffice. The most apparent contribution of the American "educational consultants' that were attached to the Education Ministry that resulted in contracts awarded to American institutions to revamp the educational textbooks was to eradicate any mention of Saddam Hussein and the Baath Party, remove references to Iraqi soldiers defending Iraq, replace the word Zionists by Jews and reduce the mention of Palestine and its occupation. Just as the returning of Iraqi officers from defeated Turkey during World War I, so there are now many Iraqi professionals abroad who would be ready to seed the second revitalisation of Iraq's educational system for the coming generations. But this has become impossible under an American occupation concerned more for its own security in Iraq than the legitimate interests of the Iraqi people." Teaching tyranny 30 March-5 April 2006 ------ The government has slashed subsidised food, despite rising poverty. By Daud Salman in Baghdad (ICR No. 170, 29-Mar-06) A government decision to cut food rations has hurt poor Iraqis who cannot afford high prices on the open market, say economists and Baghdad residents. Despite rising poverty, the government has decided to cut the food ration budget from four to three billion US dollars in 2006, as the country shifts from a socialist to a free market economy. The Iraqi government has provided subsidies on basic food items such as flour and sugar for decades. The United Nations expanded the programme when the country was under crippling economic sanctions. However, subsidies have now been cut on staples including salt, soap and beans... ...... Each of us is holding his shroud by his hands, awaiting death… A FAMILY IN BAGHDAD Faiza Al-Arji http://afamilyinbaghdad.blogspot.com/2006_03_26_afamilyinbaghdad_archive.html The situation in Iraq is very dangerous currently; there are street fights in Baghdad and other cities, the connections are cut-off, the occupation forces closed the Internet Cafés in the hot towns, like Sammara'a, Al-Qaim, and Al-Ramadi, cutting off their communications with the Iraqi and international cities, meaning- even someone living in Iraq wouldn't know what is happening there… I try to call by Mobile phone, and written messages, some of them get through, and a lot don't… I called my sister in Jordan, and she says the boarders with Iraq are also closed, and every connection with the people there by Internet was cut off…. Our people there are besieged; by an occupation force which commits crimes against civilians and children, by mercenaries who kill, kidnap, and ravage, corrupting the country, by criminal militias who perform eliminations and sectarian revenges, while people are hiding in their houses, aiming to protect their children and families from violence and killings. The Iraqis say: Someone out there is destroying our country, and we are hiding in our houses, without any power or might, without being able to do anything? We cannot defend our country? A friend of mine there told me yesterday, by Phone message: Each of us is holding his shroud by his hands, awaiting death… Her words struck me, leaving me stunned and sad all day, and all night, imagining their life, feeling panic, awaiting death each second…. People are in grave pain and sadness, saying that these are the worst days since Baghdad fell, these are the most dangerous stages, and the darkest for us… Who can help them to stop the bloodshed, to stop the violence and street fights between quarreling parties, some of whom are perhaps honest people defending Iraq, its land, and its people, and the others are surely just militias and criminal mercenaries, who care about nothing but to receive some dollars; people who lost their principals and ethics, agreeing to become destruction tools against their country and people, to achieve Iraq's enemy's goal in shredding the country, and keeping foreign military bases in it, indefinitely… I am still in America to meet people, and talk about our wounded Iraq… We meet people in churches, universities, and small groups, or those who work in non-governmental organizations. I see that the majority wonder about what is going on in Iraq, the majority are angry, wanting to stop the war, pull out the armies from Iraq, and stop building military bases. And when we went to the Congress Building in Washington, we saw different people, I felt like we were talking to the walls; there are people who do not want to hear what their people are saying, or not even the Iraqis, their ears were closed, and their eyes were shut. They do not want to listen to anything concerning Iraq, someone washed their brains, or rather, they put their personal interest and their positions before all else, and they aren't prepared to listen or change anything that is actually happening on the reality ground… The big, major media tools join with the American Administration in its war on Iraq, lying and covering up facts, saying that everything is all right, as usual. Then, in the news bulletins, they say a few brief words about Iraq; either an item about a trapped car and Iraqi casualties, or that the occupation forces are rounding up "insurgents", and besieging towns to "clear" them from insurgents. And they show pictures of Baghdad, beautiful, its streets crowded with pedestrians, pictures of Baghdad before the war, not the pictures of Baghdad now; a sad city full of garbage, dirt, concrete blocks, barbed wires, and devoid of pedestrians, for people are hiding in their houses…. Who are the insurgents? Everyone asked me? I tell them: If an American convoy moved in a region like Al-Ramadi, Sammara'a, Baquba, or any other, and it was subjected to a shooting or a roadside bomb incident, they stop, turn around to the town nearby and close it, besieging it. Sometimes that town would be air raided, like what happened in Al-Qaim, Fallujah, and currently Sammara'a, then all the houses would be stormed, all the men would be detained, insulted, and abused, the women and children would be terrorized. Sometimes families would be killed, like in the latest stories we read about in the newspapers, and when these crimes are uncovered, the comments would be: These are individual transgressions, like what they said about the Abu Ghareeb pictures, and that they were individual behaviors, while in truth they were the normal, daily actions committed against the Iraqis. All this pushed people to hate the Americans, feeling anger against them, which pushed men to resist them. These are called Insurgents. Meaning- everyone who does not love them, and does not want them to remain in Iraq is an insurgent terrorist… And whenever they detained new people, they created anger in the hearts of their relatives, neighbors, and friends, and thus creating a new group that hates them, welcoming any violent acts against them… This is the actual reality in the Iraqi towns; anger is increasing in the hearts of men and women in all towns, these who were besieged, bombed, and its people dislodged, or those who heard the stories, and so, there is hatred increasing, and anger. A will growing in the hearts of the Iraqis towards the occupation forces: Get out of our country… The American government is in a real dilemma… The American people are angry, wanting to know the truth; what are they doing in Iraq? The media here do not tell the truth; they do not say that hundreds of Iraqis die each day at the hands of the occupation forces, or the mercenaries and gangs that work for them, to tear the country apart, forcing people to accept the idea of sectarianism and civil war, to apply the Federalism theory brought on by Premer, and set it down in the constitution… I look at the newspapers here, and the statements of the American administration… I don't know why, but I laugh a lot, from all the lies I see and listen to… Ramisfeild says, for example: Those who want to stop the war in Iraq are those who think like Al-Zarqawi, who do not want democracy or freedom for the Iraqis… He says: The Iraqis went on and voted for the new constitution, which they wrote by their hands, and the Iraqi security forces are now capable of rounding up the foreign terrorists in Iraq… And my comments to that are: Those who want to stop the war want to save millions of innocent civilian souls, whose lives were destroyed by this war, and who were the true victims since the blockade till now… towns are besieged, houses bombed, and civilians die. Men, most of whom are innocent, get arrested; they are imprisoned, insulted, and tortured, their crime is that they do not like their country to be occupied. This is their only crime… Then again- the new constitution was not written by Iraqis, but Premer, the American governor, wrote its draft, then told the Iraqis to write it, then vote for it. What is this phony, deformed democracy? Is this the democracy for which they bombed Iraq, and destroyed it, people and land, in order to apply? And then again; the new Iraqi security forces work with the occupation forces in storming houses, terrorizing families, and insulting Iraqi men (not the foreigners) and arresting them. People hate the Iraqi security men, saying they were mercenaries who agree to work with the occupation forces in raiding houses and arresting citizens, these who think only of their paychecks, (around $400). People are dying of hunger, and these are just mercenaries or fools who were told- you are building the new Iraq, and they believed this story. Like most American soldiers who were told- you are going in a noble mission to liberate Iraq, and when they got there, some of them discovered the truth of that mission, and some remained dumb fools, who think that every Iraqi in front of them is a terrorist who deserves arrest, imprisonment, or death………… Then I saw some of Bush's speeches; of course he insists that the operation in Iraq is going on successfully, that the country is being "cleaned" from the evil insurgents, and the Iraqis are celebrating democracy, and are feeling happy about it, specially the women, after President Bush Liberated them… Ha,ha,ha… I laughed a lot… From what did President Bush liberate us? I told the people: Women had their rights in Iraq before the war as follows: women had the right to study, work, drive cars, nominate themselves in the elections and vote, choosing the husband they want, traveling, carrying her family name after marriage without change, and she receives an equal salary to men in every profession… In Iraq there are women engineers, doctors, lawyers, judges, general managers, university professors, and everything… What will Mr. Bush bring over to us? Also in his speech, he says that the people are happy, they wrote the new constitution, and voted for it… The same lie… And that now there is the freedom of Worship in Iraq… What does the freedom of Worship mean? All our live